US20210308066A1 - Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets - Google Patents

Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20210308066A1
US20210308066A1 US17/166,487 US202117166487A US2021308066A1 US 20210308066 A1 US20210308066 A1 US 20210308066A1 US 202117166487 A US202117166487 A US 202117166487A US 2021308066 A1 US2021308066 A1 US 2021308066A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
platelets
fibrinolytic
loaded
subject
agent
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/166,487
Inventor
Keith Andrew Moskowitz
Shan Xu
William Matthew Dickerson
Amber Nicole Lee
Braden Carl Ishler
Daniel Allen Sheik
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Cellphire Inc
Original Assignee
Cellphire Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Cellphire Inc filed Critical Cellphire Inc
Priority to US17/166,487 priority Critical patent/US20210308066A1/en
Assigned to CELLPHIRE, INC. reassignment CELLPHIRE, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SHEIK, DANIEL ALLEN, LEE, Amber Nicole, DICKERSON, WILLIAM MATTHEW, ISHLER, BRADEN CARL, MOSKOWITZ, Keith Andrew, XU, SHAN
Publication of US20210308066A1 publication Critical patent/US20210308066A1/en
Priority to US18/504,080 priority patent/US20240066065A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/185Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
    • A61K31/19Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
    • A61K31/195Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group
    • A61K31/197Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group the amino and the carboxyl groups being attached to the same acyclic carbon chain, e.g. gamma-aminobutyric acid [GABA], beta-alanine, epsilon-aminocaproic acid, pantothenic acid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/135Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • A61K31/137Arylalkylamines, e.g. amphetamine, epinephrine, salbutamol, ephedrine or methadone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/185Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
    • A61K31/19Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
    • A61K31/195Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
    • A61K35/14Blood; Artificial blood
    • A61K35/19Platelets; Megacaryocytes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/36Blood coagulation or fibrinolysis factors
    • A61K38/363Fibrinogen
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/55Protease inhibitors
    • A61K38/57Protease inhibitors from animals; from humans
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/19Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles lyophilised, i.e. freeze-dried, solutions or dispersions
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/50Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
    • A61K9/5005Wall or coating material
    • A61K9/5063Compounds of unknown constitution, e.g. material from plants or animals
    • A61K9/5068Cell membranes or bacterial membranes enclosing drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C12N5/06Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
    • C12N5/0602Vertebrate cells
    • C12N5/0634Cells from the blood or the immune system
    • C12N5/0644Platelets; Megakaryocytes

Definitions

  • compositions and methods for use of platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes e.g., freeze-dried platelet derivatives
  • biological carriers of cargo such as anti-fibrinolytic compounds, also referred to herein as anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes.
  • anti-fibrinolytic compounds also referred to herein as anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes.
  • methods of preparing platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes loaded with anti-fibrinolytic compounds are also provided herein.
  • drug-induced coagulopathy such as antiplatelet agent-induced coagulopathy
  • anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets such as, for example, treatment with anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes, or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives.
  • coagulopathy such as antiplatelet agent-induced coagulopathy, such as for example, treatment with platelets, thrombosomes, or platelet derivatives.
  • Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets described herein can be stored under typical ambient conditions, refrigerated, cryopreserved, for example with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), and/or lyophilized after stabilization (e.g., to form thrombosomes)
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • Blood is a complex mixture of numerous components.
  • blood can be described as comprising four main parts: red blood cells, white blood cells, platelets, and plasma.
  • the first three are cellular or cell-like components, whereas the fourth (plasma) is a liquid component comprising a wide and variable mixture of salts, proteins, and other factors necessary for numerous bodily functions.
  • the components of blood can be separated from each other by various methods. In general, differential centrifugation is most commonly used currently to separate the different components of blood based on size and, in some applications, density.
  • Unactivated platelets which are also commonly referred to as thrombocytes, are small, often irregularly-shaped (e.g., discoidal or ovoidal) megakaryocyte-derived components of blood that are involved in the clotting process. They aid in protecting the body from excessive blood loss due not only to trauma or injury, but to normal physiological activity as well.
  • Platelets are considered crucial in normal hemostasis, providing the first line of defense against blood escaping from injured blood vessels. Platelets generally function by adhering to the lining of broken blood vessels, in the process becoming activated, changing to an amorphous shape, and interacting with components of the clotting system that are present in plasma or are released by the platelets themselves or other components of the blood. Purified platelets have found use in treating subjects with low platelet count (thrombocytopenia) and abnormal platelet function (thrombasthenia). Concentrated platelets are often used to control bleeding after injury or during acquired platelet function defects or deficiencies, for example those occurring during surgery and those due to the presence of platelet inhibitors.
  • Platelet transfusion and anti-fibrinolytics are suitable for improving traumatic bleeding events (e.g., hemorrhage).
  • Methods and compositions provided herein generally describe the use of platelets as biological carriers of anti-fibrinolytic compounds, including but not limited to, ⁇ -aminocaproic acid (EACA).
  • EACA ⁇ -aminocaproic acid
  • Loading anti-fibrinolytics into platelets can shield the anti-fibrinolytic from systemic exposure and metabolic processes as the platelet migrates to the site of injury. At the site of injury the drug can be released to enhance the stability of the forming clot.
  • Anti-fibrinolytic (e.g., EACA) loaded platelets can be cryopreserved for long term storage, can retain the internalized cargo (e.g., EACA) after thawing, and can release the anti-fibrinolytic in response to in vitro stimulation by endogenous platelet agonists.
  • EACA internalized cargo
  • compositions that are suitable for improving traumatic bleeding (e.g., hemorrhage) therapy by reducing the therapeutic dose of anti-fibrinolytic and prevent unwanted side effects as a result of off-site drug interactions.
  • a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • a hemorrhage in a subject comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • a hemorrhage in a subject comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • kits for treating a hemorrhage in a subject including administering a therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets to the subject in need thereof.
  • the concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded into the platelets is from about 100 ⁇ M to about 10 mM.
  • administering a therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes to a subject in thereof includes a concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes from about 1 ⁇ 10 2 particles/kg to about 1 ⁇ 10 13 particles/kg.
  • a “loading buffer” may be alternatively called an “incubating agent”.
  • preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets including providing platelets and contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • the platelets are contacted with the anti-fibrinolytic and with the loading buffer sequentially, in either order.
  • preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets including contacting platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition and contacting the first composition with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets including contacting the platelets with a buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form a first composition and contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • the platelets are contacted with the anti-fibrinolytic and with the loading buffer concurrently.
  • preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets including contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic in the presence of a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form the drug-loaded platelets.
  • a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form the drug-loaded platelets.
  • the platelets are pooled from a plurality of donors prior to a treating step.
  • preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets including A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors and B) contacting the platelets from step (A) with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets including A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors and B) contacting the platelets from step (A) with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form a first composition and contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Also provided herein are methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets including A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors and B) contacting the platelets with a drug in the presence of a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • the loading agent is a monosaccharide or a disaccharide.
  • the loading agent is sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose, mannose, or xylose.
  • the platelets are isolated prior to a contacting step. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the platelets are loaded with the drug in a period of time of 5 minutes to 48 hours. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the concentration of the anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 1 ⁇ M to about 100 mM.
  • the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets cold storing, cryopreserving, freeze-drying, thawing, rehydrating, and combinations thereof the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • the drying step includes freeze-drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, further including rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets obtained from the drying step.
  • anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by any of the methods described herein.
  • rehydrated anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by a method including rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets by any of the methods described herein.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic is modified with an imaging agent.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic is modified with the imaging agent prior to contacting platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • the platelets are further treated with an imaging agent, where the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are loaded with the imaging agent.
  • the method does not include contacting the platelets with an organic solvent. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the method does not include contacting the first composition with an organic solvent. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the anti-fibrinolytic is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -aminocaproic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, tranexamic acid, and fibrinogen. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the ⁇ -aminocaproic acid is present in a concentration of at least 100 ⁇ M.
  • anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by any of the methods described herein.
  • the concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes is from about 1 ⁇ 10 2 particles/kg to about 1 ⁇ 10 13 particles/kg.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic is selected from the group including of ⁇ -aminocaproic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, tranexamic acid, and fibrinogen.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic is ⁇ -aminocaproic acid. In some embodiments, the ⁇ -aminocaproic acid is present in a concentration from about 1 ⁇ M to about 100 mM.
  • a coagulopathy in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • kits for restoring normal hemostasis in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • kits for restoring normal hemostasis in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • kits for preparing a subject for surgery including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • the surgery is an emergency surgery. In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is warfarin. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is heparin.
  • the method includes drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition following the drying step.
  • the method includes freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • the composition includes an organic solvent.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives includes thrombosomes.
  • Also provided here are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided here are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided here are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • the surgery is an emergency surgery. In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, and atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, and sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • the method includes drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition following the drying step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • the composition includes an organic solvent.
  • a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • the surgery is an emergency surgery. In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery, the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • the subject or is being treated with an anticoagulant In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • the composition includes an anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is warfarin.
  • the anticoagulant is
  • the subject before administering, had an INR of at least 4.0. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after the administering, the subject has an INR of 3.0 or less. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, before administering, the subject had an INR of at least 3.0. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • administering includes administering topically. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering parenterally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intravenously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intramuscularly. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intrathecally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering subcutaneously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intraperitoneally.
  • the method includes drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition is following the drying step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • the incubating agent includes one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • the incubating agent includes a carrier protein.
  • the buffer includes HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO 3 ), or a combination thereof.
  • the composition includes one or more saccharides.
  • the one or more saccharides includes trehalose.
  • the one or more saccharides includes polysucrose.
  • the one or more saccharides includes dextrose.
  • the composition includes an organic solvent.
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives includes thrombosomes.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • the surgery is an emergency surgery. In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery, the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • the composition includes an anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, and atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, and sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • administering includes administering topically. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering parenterally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intravenously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where administering includes administering intramuscularly. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where administering includes administering intrathecally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where administering includes administering subcutaneously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where administering includes administering intraperitoneally.
  • the method includes drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition after the drying step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method rehydrating the composition is after the freeze-drying step.
  • the incubating agent includes one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where the incubating agent includes a carrier protein. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the buffer includes HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3), or a combination thereof.
  • composition includes one or more saccharides.
  • one or more saccharides includes trehalose.
  • the one or more saccharides includes polysucrose.
  • the one or more saccharides includes dextrose.
  • the composition includes an organic solvent.
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives includes thrombosomes.
  • the composition is administered following administration to the subject an antiplatelet agent or an anticoagulant, or a subject having Von Willebrand Disease or hemophilia.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • compositions prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is warfarin.
  • the anticoagulant is hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin,
  • the subject before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 4.0. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after the administering, the subject has an INR of 3.0 or less. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 3.0. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anti-platelet agent. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • the composition includes an anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • EACA ⁇ -aminocaproic acid
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives are loaded with the anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • administering includes administering topically. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering parenterally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intravenously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intramuscularly. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intrathecally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering subcutaneously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intraperitoneally.
  • FIG. 1 is a graph showing dose-dependent ⁇ -aminocaproic acid (EACA) loading into platelets at 50 mM and 100 mM using dansyl-EACA at a molar ratio of 1:1000 in the loading buffer in order to measure loading via fluorescence over time at 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, and 4 hours.
  • EACA dose-dependent ⁇ -aminocaproic acid
  • FIG. 2 is a graph showing in vitro agonist stimulation of EACA release from EACA-loaded platelets with PMA, collagen, and TRAP agonists using Dansyl-EACA at a molar ratio of 1:1000 in the loading buffer in order to measure release via fluorescence.
  • FIG. 3 is a graph showing an EACA dose-response curve in pooled human platelet rich plasma to determine the effect of free EACA on lysis after 30 minutes (LY30) via thromboelastography.
  • FIGS. 4A-4E show that EACA-loaded platelets can release EACA in vitro to prevent fibrinolysis.
  • FIGS. 4A-E show thromboelastogram (TEG) graphs of EACA loaded platelets with tissue plasminogen activator at varying platelet concentrations.
  • FIG. 4F shows a dose-response curve of the effect of EACA-loaded platelets on LY30.
  • FIG. 5 is a graph comparing the percent lysis of clots at 30 minutes for free EACA in solution ( FIG. 3 ) and EACA-loaded platelets ( FIGS. 4A-E ) showing improved response from EACA loaded into platelets.
  • FIG. 6 is a graph measuring the amount of EACA mg/platelet of EACA-loaded platelets pre-cryopreservation and post-cryopreservation using dansyl-EACA at a molar ratio of 1:1000 in the loading buffer in order to measure loading via fluorescence.
  • FIGS. 7A-7E that cryopreserved EACA-loaded platelets can release EACA in vitro to prevent fibrinolysis.
  • FIGS. 7A-D show TEG graphs of cryopreserved EACA loaded platelets plus tissue plasminogen activator at varying platelet concentrations.
  • FIG. 7E shows a dose-response curve of cryopreserved EACA loaded platelets.
  • FIGS. 8A-C show graphs indicating the strength of clots as measured by maximum amplitude (MA).
  • FIG. 8A shows MA measured in the presence of free EACA.
  • FIGS. 8B-C shows MA measured with EACA loaded platelets pre-cryopreservation ( 8 B) and post-cryopreservation ( 8 C).
  • compositions and methods for use of platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes as biological carriers of cargo such as anti-fibrinolytic compounds, also referred to herein as anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes.
  • anti-fibrinolytic compounds also referred to herein as anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes.
  • methods of preparing platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes loaded with anti-fibrinolytic compounds are also provided herein.
  • Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets described herein can be stored under typical ambient conditions, refrigerated, cryopreserved, for example with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), and/or lyophilized after stabilization (e.g., to form thrombosomes).
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • a disclosed range of 1-10 includes 1-9, 1-5, 2-10, 3.1-6, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and so forth.
  • each disclosed range includes up to 5% lower for the lower value of the range and up to 5% higher for the higher value of the range.
  • a disclosed range of 4-10 includes 3.8-10.5. This concept is captured in this document by the term “about”.
  • the terms “treat,” “treating” and “treatment” contemplate an action that occurs while a subject is suffering from a disease, disorder, and/or condition (e.g., hemorrhage) which reduces the severity of the disease, disorder, and/or conditions or slows the progression of the disease, disorder, or condition (“therapeutic treatment”), and which can inhibit the disease, disorder, and/or condition (e.g., hemorrhage).
  • a disease, disorder, and/or condition e.g., hemorrhage
  • therapeutic treatment e.g., hemorrhage
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” of is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the disease, disorder and/or condition (e.g., hemorrhage) or to delay or minimize one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • a therapeutically effective amount means an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • the term “therapeutically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of the disease, disorder and/or condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
  • platelet can include whole platelets, fragmented platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes.
  • Platelets within the above definition may include, for example, platelets in whole blood, platelets in plasma, platelets in buffer optionally supplemented with select plasma proteins, cold stored platelets, dried platelets, cryopreserved platelets, thawed cryopreserved platelets, rehydrated dried platelets, rehydrated cryopreserved platelets, lyopreserved platelets, thawed lyopreserved platelets, or rehydrated lyopreserved platelets.
  • Platelets may be “platelets” of mammals, such as of humans, or such as of non-human mammals.
  • anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets may be inclusive of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets as well as anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes, unless the context clearly dictates a particular form.
  • thrombosomes are platelet derivatives that have been treated with an incubating agent (e.g., any of the incubating agents described herein) and lyopreserved (e.g., freeze-dried to form thrombosomes).
  • an incubating agent e.g., any of the incubating agents described herein
  • lyopreserved e.g., freeze-dried to form thrombosomes.
  • thrombosomes can be prepared from pooled platelets. Thrombosomes can have a shelf life of 2-3 years in dry form at ambient temperature and can be rehydrated with sterile water within minutes for immediate infusion.
  • the incubating agent includes a carrier protein.
  • the buffer includes HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3), or a combination thereof.
  • the composition includes one or more saccharides.
  • the one or more saccharides includes trehalose.
  • the one or more saccharides includes polysucrose.
  • the one or more saccharides includes dextrose.
  • fresh platelet includes platelets stored for less than approximately 24 hours.
  • stored platelet includes platelets stored for approximately 24 hours or longer before use.
  • fixed platelet includes platelets fixed with a formalin solution.
  • unloaded includes platelets, platelet derivatives, and/or thrombosomes that are not loaded with an active agent, such as platelets, platelet derivatives, and/or thrombosomes that are not loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes adding to the platelets an aqueous liquid.
  • the aqueous liquid is water.
  • the aqueous liquid is an aqueous solution.
  • the aqueous liquid is a saline solution.
  • the aqueous liquid is a suspension.
  • the rehydrated platelets have coagulation factor levels showing all individual factors (e.g., Factors VII, VIII and IX) associated with blood clotting at 40 international units (IU) or greater.
  • factors e.g., Factors VII, VIII and IX
  • coagulopathy is a bleeding disorder in which the blood's ability to coagulate (e.g., form clots) is impaired. This condition can cause a tendency toward prolonged or excessive bleed (e.g., diathesis).
  • a coagulopathy is a drug induced coagulopathy.
  • a coagulopathy is induced by an antiplatelet agent-induced coagulopathy.
  • a coagulopathy is induced by an anti-platelet agent.
  • Anticoagulant drugs such as warfarin, heparin, and the novel oral anticoagulants (NOACs) class inhibit various plasma factors of the coagulation cascade, resulting in increased bleeding potential.
  • NOACs novel oral anticoagulants
  • Anticoagulant drugs are common in the U.S. adult population and employ a wide variety of mechanisms to disable segments of the clotting cascade. Anticoagulants are used to treat a number of cardiac or thromboembolic events.
  • warfarin e.g., COUMADIN®
  • COUMADIN® is approved for the prophylaxis and treatment of venous thrombosis and its extension, pulmonary embolism; the prophylaxis and treatment of thromboembolic complications associated with atrial fibrillation and/or cardiac valve replacement; the reduction in the risk of death, recurrent myocardial infarction, and thromboembolic events such as stroke or systemic embolization after myocardial infarction (see, e.g., Prescribing Information for warfarin (COUMADIN®)).
  • COUMADIN® Prescribing Information for warfarin
  • heparin is approved for the treatment of thrombophlebitis, phlebothrombosis, and cerebral, coronary, and retinal vessel thrombosis to prevent extension of clots and thromboembolic phenomena. It is also used prophylactically to prevent the occurrence of thromboembolism, and to prevent clotting during dialysis and surgical procedures, particularly vascular surgery.
  • thrombin also called anti-IIa agents, thrombin inhibitors, or direct thrombin inhibitors, depending on the mechanism of action
  • dabigatran e.g., PRADAXA®
  • argatroban e.g., argatroban
  • hirudin e.g., XARELTO®
  • agents that inhibit factor Xa including rivaroxaban (e.g., XARELTO®), apixaban (e.g., ELIQUIS®), edoxaban (e.g., SAVAYSA®), and fondaparinux (e.g., ARIXTRA®).
  • rivaroxaban e.g., XARELTO®
  • apixaban e.g., ELIQUIS®
  • edoxaban e.g., SAVAYSA®
  • fondaparinux e.g., ARIXTRA®
  • Traditional anticoagulants can include warfarin (e.g., COUMADIN®) and heparin/LMWH (low molecular weight heparins). Additional anticoagulants include heparainoids, factor IX inhibitors, Factor XI inhibitors, Factor VIIa inhibitors, and Tissue Factor inhibitors.
  • warfarin e.g., COUMADIN®
  • heparin/LMWH low molecular weight heparins
  • Additional anticoagulants include heparainoids, factor IX inhibitors, Factor XI inhibitors, Factor VIIa inhibitors, and Tissue Factor inhibitors.
  • an “anticoagulant” is an antithrombotic that does not include antiplatelet agents.
  • antiplatelet agents include aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel (e.g., PLAVIX®), prasugrel eptifibatide (e.g., INTEGRILIN®), tirofiban (e.g., AGGRASTAT®), and abciximab (e.g., REOPRO®).
  • agents that inhibit P2Y receptors e.g., P2Y12
  • glycoprotein IIb/IIIa or that antagonize thromboxane synthase or thromboxane receptors
  • Other mechanisms of antiplatelet agents are known.
  • aspirin is considered to be an antiplatelet agent but not an anticoagulant.
  • Anticoagulants for the purpose of the present disclosure.
  • Other mechanisms of anticoagulants are known.
  • Non-limiting examples of anticoagulants include dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, and low molecular weight heparins (e.g., dalteparin, enoxaparin, tinzaparin, ardeparin, nadroparin, reveparin, danaparoid).
  • anticoagulants include tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, and fluindione.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, and fluindione.
  • Warfarin (e.g., COUMADIN®)—Warfarin works to prevent the activity of vitamin K in the liver which is a necessary co-factor to produce multiple coagulation factors. Warfarin reversal can sometimes be done be by dosing vitamin K or prothrombin complex concentrate (PCC). Vitamin K is low-cost and slow acting (more than 24 hrs PO) but can pose significant risk of inducing thrombosis in the patient, while PCC is expensive at roughly $5000/dose.
  • PCC prothrombin complex concentrate
  • Dabigatran e.g., PRADAXA®
  • Dabigatran is a direct inhibitor of thrombin.
  • the monoclonal antibody therapy idarucizumab e.g., PRAXBIND®, Boehringer-Ingelheim, Germany
  • PRAXBIND® a monoclonal antibody therapy idarucizumab
  • Boehringer-Ingelheim, Germany at dose of 5 grams (at two dose intervals each 2.5 grams) can typically reverse the effects of dabigatran within a few minutes.
  • One wholesale price is $3482.50 for such a treatment.
  • Rivaroxaban (e.g., XARELTO®)—Rivaroxaban is a direct Factor Xa inhibitor. Rivaroxaban is reversed by Andexanet Alfa (e.g., ANDEXXA®), a recombinant Factor Xa decoy. This treatment can cost roughly $50,000 for a high-dose treatment.
  • Apixaban (e.g., ELIQUIS®)—Apixaban is a direct Factor Xa inhibitor. Apixaban is reversed by Andexanet Alfa, a recombinant Factor Xa decoy. This treatment costs roughly can cost $50,000 for a high-dose treatment.
  • Edoxaban e.g., SAVAYSA®, LIXIANA®
  • Edoxaban is a direct Factor Xa inhibitor. Exoxaban does not have an approved reversal agent. Ciraparantag (aripazine) and Andexanet Alfa have not been clinically proven to be appropriate.
  • Heparin and low molecular weight heparins are activators of antithrombin III (AT).
  • AT inactivates proteases such as thrombin and Factor Xa.
  • Protamine sulfate is a highly positively-charged polypeptide that binds to the negatively charged heparin and prevents its action on AT. Protamine sulfate is typically dosed at about 1.0 to about 1.5 mg/100 IU of active heparin.
  • Platelet-derived products e.g., thrombosomes, cryo-preserved platelets are not currently used as a treatment method for anticoagulant drugs.
  • platelet derived products including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets and anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes (e.g., freeze-dried platelets) are used to as a treatment method for anticoagulant drugs.
  • Treatments for anticoagulant drugs are not necessarily targeted antidotes.
  • Some novel anticoagulant treatments such as Andexanet Alfa (e.g., ANDEXXA®), have seen some success, yet can be expensive.
  • emergency treatments pre-op, trauma, and the like
  • Non-limiting examples include infusion of plasma, red blood cells, and anti-fibrinolytics.
  • Products and methods are described herein for controlling bleeding and improving healing. The products and methods described herein can also be used to counteract the activity of an anticoagulant.
  • Products and methods are described herein for controlling bleeding and improving healing.
  • the products and methods described herein can also be used to counteract the activity of an anticoagulant (e.g., warfarin (e.g., COUMADIN®), heparin, LMWH, dabigatran (e.g., PRADAXA®), argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban (e.g., XARELTO®), apixaban (e.g., ELIQUIS®), edoxaban (e.g., SAVAYSA®), fondaparinux (e.g., ARIXTRA®).
  • warfarin e.g., COUMADIN®
  • heparin LMWH
  • dabigatran e.g., PRADAXA®
  • argatroban hirudin
  • rivaroxaban e.g., XARELTO®
  • apixaban e.g., ELIQUIS®
  • a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives may be delivered to a wound on the surface of or in the interior of a patient.
  • a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives can be applied in selected forms including, but not limited to, adhesive bandages, compression bandages, liquid solutions, aerosols, matrix compositions, and coated sutures or other medical closures.
  • a platelet derivative may be administered to all or only a portion of an affected area on the surface of a patient.
  • a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives may be administered systemically, for example via the blood stream.
  • an application of the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivative can produce hemostatic effects for 2 or 3 days, preferably 5 to 10 days, or most preferably for up to 14 days.
  • an “antiplatelet agent” is an antithrombotic and does not include anticoagulants.
  • antiplatelet agents include aspirin (also called acetylsalicylic acid or ASA), cangrelor (e.g., KENGREAL®), ticagrelor (e.g., BRILINTA®), clopidogrel (e.g., PLAVIX®), prasugrel (e.g., EFFIENT®), eptifibatide (e.g., INTEGRILIN®), tirofiban (e.g., AGGRASTAT®), and abciximab (e.g., REOPRO®).
  • aspirin also called acetylsalicylic acid or ASA
  • cangrelor e.g., KENGREAL®
  • ticagrelor e.g., BRILINTA®
  • clopidogrel e.g., PLAVIX®
  • prasugrel e.g., EF
  • antiplatelet agents include agents that inhibit P2Y receptors (e.g., P2Y12), glycoprotein IIb/IIIa, or that antagonize thromboxane synthase or thromboxane receptors.
  • P2Y receptors e.g., P2Y12
  • glycoprotein IIb/IIIa antagonize thromboxane synthase or thromboxane receptors.
  • Non-limiting examples of thromboxane A2 antagonists are aspirin, terutroban, and picotamide.
  • P2Y receptor antagonists include cangrelor, ticagrelor, elinogrel, clopidogrel, prasugrel, and ticlopidine.
  • glycoprotein IIb/IIIa include abciximab, eptifibatide, and tirofiban.
  • NSAIDS are also considered to be antiplatelet agents for the purposes of this disclosure.
  • Antiplatelet agents also include PARI antagonists, PAR4 antagonists GPVI antagonists and alpha2beta1 collagen receptor antagonists.
  • Non-limiting examples of PAR-1 antagonists include vorapaxar and atopaxar.
  • aspirin is considered to be an antiplatelet agent but not an anticoagulant.
  • Additional non-limiting examples of antiplatelet agents include cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, and sarpogrelate.
  • an antiplatelet agent can be selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and combinations thereof.
  • an antiplatelet agent can be selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, and combinations thereof.
  • an antiplatelet agent can be selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, sarpogrelate and combinations thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent can include multiple antiplatelet agents, such as 2 (or more) of any of the antiplatelet agents described herein.
  • the antiplatelet agent can be aspirin and clopidogrel.
  • Cangrelor like clopidogrel, ticagrelor, and prasugrel, blocks the P2Y12 (ADP) receptor on platelets. Cangrelor can in some cases be used as a representative of this class of drug. Cangrelor, unlike clopidogrel and prasugrel, does not need hepatic metabolism to become biologically active.
  • Eptifibatide is a peptide therapeutic that blocks the fibrin binding role of GPIIb-IIIa receptor on platelets.
  • the drug is typically administered via IV as a 180 ⁇ g/kg bolus followed by 2 ⁇ g/kg/min continuous infusion.
  • the blood concentration of eptifibatide is typically about 1-2 ⁇ M. Bleeding times generally return to normal within about 1 hour of drug stoppage.
  • Aspirin is an irreversible cylcooxygenase (COX) inhibitor.
  • COX cylcooxygenase
  • the COX enzyme in platelets is responsible for synthesis of thromboxane A2, prostaglandin E2 and prostacyclin (PGI2).
  • Aspirin permanently inactivates the COX enzyme within platelets, and since platelets do not have the nuclear material to synthesize new enzyme, new platelets must be produced to overcome the aspirin effect.
  • thromboxane A2, prostaglandin E2, and prostacyclin (PGI2) platelets are limited in their pro-aggregation activity. Many people are maintained on a low dose of aspirin to prevent unwanted clotting events.
  • Aspirin bioavailability largely varies with administration route, with a single 500 mg dose IV at peaks of 500 ⁇ M and the same dose orally at 44 ⁇ M.
  • the antiplatelet class of drugs is widely used to prevent unwanted clotting episodes that lead to heart failure, stroke, and the like.
  • an antiplatelet drug may need to be reversed or stopped.
  • the antiplatelet drug dose can sometimes be stopped before the surgery, preventing unwanted bleeding during surgery.
  • reversal agents are typically not readily available, are expensive, or carry significant risk to the patient.
  • a platelet transfusion is typically administered, though the response to this is often only partial reversal.
  • compositions as described herein e.g., including thrombosomes
  • compositions as described herein are an active reversal agent.
  • the hemostatic activity of compositions as described herein does not succumb to antiplatelet drugs.
  • Acetylsalicylic acid (ASA; aspirin)—aspirin acts as a COX-1 blocker in platelets, which renders the platelet inactive by irreversibly inhibiting platelet-derived thromboxane formation. Clinically, aspirin is sometimes reversed by a platelet transfusion in emergency situations or by stopping treatment where surgery is scheduled in the future.
  • Clopidogrel e.g., PLAVIX®
  • Clopidogrel acts as to prevent ADP from binding to its receptor on platelets. ADP binding leads to platelet shape change and aggregation. Clopidogrel is non-reversible. Clinically, clopidogrel is sometimes reversed by a platelet transfusion in emergency situations or by stopping treatment where surgery is scheduled in the future.
  • Cangrelor e.g., KENGREAL®
  • Cangrelor acts to prevent ADP from binding to its receptor on platelets. ADP binding leads to platelet shape change and aggregation. Clopidogrel is reversible and platelet function is returned approximately 1 hour after stopping infusion. Clinically it is generally preferred when reversal is needed after a procedure.
  • Ticagrelor e.g., BRILINTA®
  • ticagrelor acts to prevent ADP from binding to its receptor and acts as an inverse agonist.
  • Ticagrelor is reversible and platelet function can return after approximately 72 hours of the last dosage. Reversal of action of ticagrelor can be affected by the time after the last dose. If the last dose was longer than 24 hours previous, then platelet transfusion can sometimes be therapeutic to reverse the results.
  • Effient acts to prevent ADP from binding to its receptor and acts as a non-reversible antagonist. It being a non-reversible antagonist, new platelets must be formed to overcoming its effect. Clinically Effient is reversed by a platelet transfusion in emergency situations or by stopping treatment where surgery is scheduled in the future.
  • Eptifibatide acts to block the GpIIb/IIIa and acts as a reversible antagonist. Clinically, Integrilin is reversed by a platelet transfusion in emergency situations or by stopping treatment where surgery is scheduled in the future.
  • Platelet-derived products are not currently used as a treatment method for anticoagulant/antiplatelet drugs, and there are no currently approved reversal agents for antiplatelet agents. As such, emergency treatments (pre-op, trauma, and the like) are typically blanket precautions to avoid or mitigate hemorrhage. Non-limiting examples include infusion of plasma, red blood cells, and anti-fibrinolytics. Platelet derivatives (e.g., lyopreserved platelets (thrombosomes)) may be an effective alternative or supplement to these general treatments.
  • Products and methods are described herein for controlling bleeding and improving healing.
  • the products and methods described herein can also be used to counteract the activity of an antiplatelet agent (e.g., aspirin (also called acetylsalicylic acid or ASA), cangrelor (e.g., KENGREAL®), ticagrelor (e.g., BRILINTA®), clopidogrel (e.g., PLAVIX®), prasugrel (e.g., EFFIENT®), eptifibatide (e.g., INTEGRILIN®), tirofiban (e.g., AGGRASTAT®), or abciximab (e.g., REOPRO®)).
  • an antiplatelet agent e.g., aspirin (also called acetylsalicylic acid or ASA)
  • cangrelor e.g., KENGREAL®
  • ticagrelor e.g., BRILINTA®
  • platelets e.g., freeze-dried (e.g., lyophilized) platelets
  • platelet derivatives may or may not have not been loaded with a therapeutic agent (e.g., an anti-fibrinolytic).
  • a therapeutic agent e.g., an anti-fibrinolytic
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • a coagulopathy contemplates both the use of unloaded platelets, unloaded lyophilized platelets, or unloaded platelet derivatives and the use of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets, or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, or a combination thereof to treat a coagulopathy.
  • the dried platelets such as freeze-dried platelets, have less than about 10%, such as less than about 8%, such as less than about 6%, such as less than about 4%, such as less than about 2%, such as less than about 0.5% crosslinking of platelet membranes via proteins and/or lipids present on the membranes. In some embodiments, the dried platelets, such as freeze dried platelets, have less than about 10%, such as less than about 8%, such as less than about 6%, such as less than about 4%, such as less than about 2%, such as less than about 0.5% crosslinking of platelet membranes via proteins and/or lipids present on the membranes.
  • the rehydrated platelets have less than about 10%, such as less than about 8%, such as less than about 6%, such as less than about 4%, such as less than about 2%, such as less than about 0.5% crosslinking of platelet membranes via proteins and/or lipids present on the membranes. In some embodiments, the rehydrated platelets, have between about 0.01% to about 5%, such as between about 0.1% to about 4%, such as between about 1% to between about 3%, such as between about 1% to about 2%, crosslinking of platelet membranes via proteins and/or lipids present on the membranes.
  • the rehydrated platelets have at least about 1% to at least about 10, such as less than about 8%, such as less than about 6%, such as less than about 4%, such as less than about 2%, such as less than about 0.5% crosslinking of platelet membranes via proteins and/or lipids present on the membranes.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets and the dried platelets having a particle size (e.g., diameter, max dimension) of at least about 0.2 ⁇ m (e.g., at least about 0.3 ⁇ m, at least about 0.4 ⁇ m, at least about 0.5 ⁇ m, at least about 0.6 ⁇ m, at least about 0.7 ⁇ m, at least about 0.8 ⁇ m, at least about 0.9 ⁇ m, at least about 1.0 ⁇ m, at least about 1.0 ⁇ m, at least about 1.5 ⁇ m, at least about 2.0 ⁇ m, at least about 2.5 ⁇ m, or at least about 5.0 ⁇ m).
  • a particle size e.g., diameter, max dimension
  • the particle size is less than about 5.0 ⁇ m (e.g., less than about 2.5 ⁇ m, less than about 2.0 ⁇ m, less than about 1.5 ⁇ m, less than about 1.0 ⁇ m, less than about 0.9 ⁇ m, less than about 0.8 ⁇ m, less than about 0.7 ⁇ m, less than about 0.6 ⁇ m, less than about 0.5 ⁇ m, less than about 0.4 ⁇ m, or less than about 0.3 ⁇ m).
  • 5.0 ⁇ m e.g., less than about 2.5 ⁇ m, less than about 2.0 ⁇ m, less than about 1.5 ⁇ m, less than about 1.0 ⁇ m, less than about 0.9 ⁇ m, less than about 0.8 ⁇ m, less than about 0.7 ⁇ m, less than about 0.6 ⁇ m, less than about 0.5 ⁇ m, less than about 0.4 ⁇ m, or less than about 0.3 ⁇ m).
  • the particle size is from about 0.3 ⁇ m to about 5.0 ⁇ m (e.g., from about 0.4 ⁇ m to about 4.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 2.5 ⁇ m, from about 0.6 ⁇ m to about 2.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.7 ⁇ m to about 1.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 0.9 ⁇ m, or from about 0.6 ⁇ m to about 0.8 ⁇ m).
  • 5.0 ⁇ m e.g., from about 0.4 ⁇ m to about 4.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 2.5 ⁇ m, from about 0.6 ⁇ m to about 2.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.7 ⁇ m to about 1.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 0.9 ⁇ m, or from about 0.6 ⁇ m to about 0.8 ⁇ m.
  • 5.0 ⁇ m e.g., from about 0.4 ⁇ m to about 4.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 2.5 ⁇ m, from about 0.6 ⁇ m to about
  • At most 99% e.g., at most about 95%, at most about 80%, at most about 75%, at most about 70%, at most about 65%, at most about 60%, at most about 55%, or at most about 50%
  • the dried platelets such as freeze-dried platelets
  • the dried platelets are in the range of about 0.3 ⁇ m to about 5.0 ⁇ m (e.g., from about 0.4 ⁇ m to about 4.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 2.5 ⁇ m, from about 0.6 ⁇ m to about 2.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.7 ⁇ m to about 1.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 0.9 ⁇ m, or from about 0.6 ⁇ m to about 0.8 ⁇ m).
  • about 50% to about 99% (e.g., about 55% to about 95%, about 60% to about 90%, about 65% to about 85, about 70% to about 80%) of platelets and/or the dried platelets, such as freeze-dried platelets, are in the range of about 0.3 ⁇ m to about 5.0 ⁇ m (e.g., from about 0.4 ⁇ m to about 4.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 2.5 ⁇ m, from about 0.6 ⁇ m to about 2.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.7 ⁇ m to about 1.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 0.9 ⁇ m, or from about 0.6 ⁇ m to about 0.8 ⁇ m).
  • 5.0 ⁇ m e.g., from about 0.4 ⁇ m to about 4.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 2.5 ⁇ m, from about 0.6 ⁇ m to about 2.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.7 ⁇ m to about 1.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about
  • the platelets or platelet derivatives are prepared consistent with the procedures described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,486,617 (such as, e.g., Examples 1-5) and U.S. Pat. No. 8,097,403 (such as, e.g., Examples 1-3).
  • platelets are isolated prior to contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) isolating platelets, for example in a liquid medium; and step (b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic, and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally ethanol, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) isolating platelets, for example in a liquid medium; step (b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition; and step (c) contacting the first composition with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • suitable organic solvents include, but are not limited to alcohols, esters, ketones, ethers, halogenated solvents, hydrocarbons, nitriles, glycols, alkyl nitrates, water or mixtures thereof.
  • suitable organic solvents includes, but are not limited to methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, acetic acid, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, isopropyl ether (IPE), tert-butyl methyl ether, dioxane (e.g., 1,4-dioxane), acetonitrile, propionitrile, methylene chloride, chloroform, toluene, anisole, cyclohexane, hexane, heptane, ethylene glycol, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide, and combinations thereof.
  • IPE isopropyl ether
  • dioxane
  • the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) isolating platelets, for example in a liquid medium; step (b) contacting the platelets with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form a first composition; and step (c) contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • isolating platelets includes isolating platelets from blood.
  • platelets are donor-derived platelets. In some embodiments, platelets are obtained by a process that includes an apheresis step. In some embodiments, platelets are fresh platelets. In some embodiments, platelets are stored platelets.
  • platelets are derived in vitro. In some embodiments, platelets are derived or prepared in a culture prior to contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, preparing the platelets includes deriving or growing the platelets from a culture of megakaryocytes. In some embodiments, preparing the platelets includes deriving or growing the platelets (or megakaryocytes) from a culture of human pluripotent stem cells (PCSs), including embryonic stem cells (ESCs) and/or induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs).
  • PCSs human pluripotent stem cells
  • ESCs embryonic stem cells
  • iPSCs induced pluripotent stem cells
  • the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) preparing platelets; and step (b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) preparing platelets; step (b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition; and step (c) contacting the first composition with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) preparing platelets; step (b) contacting the platelets with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form a first composition; and step (c) contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
  • the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
  • the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
  • the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
  • the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
  • the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
  • the loading agent is a saccharide.
  • the saccharide is a monosaccharide.
  • the saccharide is a disaccharide.
  • the saccharide is a non-reducing disaccharide.
  • the saccharide is sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose (e.g., dextrose), mannose, or xylose.
  • the loading agent is a starch.
  • a loading agent is a cryoprotectant.
  • a “loading agent” can be used in the preparation of the platelets or platelet derivatives, for example, as part of an incubating agent.
  • anti-fibrinolytic As used herein, the term “anti-fibrinolytic,” “anti-fibrinolytics,” or “anti-fibrinolytic compound,” is any compound capable of inhibiting fibrinolysis. Fibrinolysis is the process where the activated plasminogen removes excess fibrin and promotes fibrin clot formation and wound healing (Szekely, A. and Lex, D. J., Antifibrinolytics, Heart Lung Vessel, 6(1): 5-7, (2014), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Inhibiting fibrinolysis can be useful under certain conditions. For example, in the case of traumatic bleeding events and/or hemorrhage, inhibiting fibrinolysis can enhance the formation of blood clots (e.g., stopping bleeding).
  • the anti-fibrinolytic can be ⁇ -aminocaproic acid. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic can be tranexamic acid. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic can be aprotinin. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic can be aminomethylbenzoic acid. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic can be fibrinogen. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic can be a combination of two or more anti-fibrinolytics.
  • an anti-fibrinolytic e.g., EACA
  • an anti-fibrinolytic can be modified with an imaging agent in order to image the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet in vivo.
  • an anti-fibrinolytic can be modified with two or more imaging agents (e.g., any two or more of the imaging agents described herein).
  • an anti-fibrinolytic loaded into platelets is modified with a radioactive metal ion, a paramagnetic metal ion, a gamma-emitting radioactive halogen, a positron-emitting radioactive non-metal, a hyperpolarized NMR-active nucleus, a reporter suitable for in vivo optical imaging, or a beta-emitter suitable for intravascular detection.
  • a radioactive metal ion can include, but is not limited to, positron emitters such as 54 Cu, 48 V, 52 Fe, 55 Co, 94 Tc or 68 Ga; or gamma-emitters such as 171 Tc, 111 In, 113 In, or 67 Ga.
  • a paramagnetic metal ion can include, but is not limited to Gd(III), a Mn(II), a Cu(II), a Cr(III), a Fe(III), a Co(II), a Er(II), a Ni(II), a Eu(III) or a Dy(III), an element comprising an Fe element, a neodymium iron oxide (NdFeO3) or a dysprosium iron oxide (DyFeO3).
  • a paramagnetic metal ion can be chelated to a polypeptide or a monocrystalline nanoparticle.
  • a gamma-emitting radioactive halogen can include, but is not limited to 123 I, 131 I or 77 Br.
  • a positron-emitting radioactive non-metal can include, but is not limited to 11 C, 13 N, 15 O, 17 F, 18 F, 75 Br, 76 Br or 124 I.
  • a hyperpolarized NMR-active nucleus can include, but is not limited to 13 C, 15 N, 19 F, 29 Si and 31 P.
  • a reporter suitable for in vivo optical imaging can include, but is not limited to any moiety capable of detection either directly or indirectly in an optical imaging procedure.
  • the reporter suitable for in vivo optical imaging can be a light scatterer (e.g., a colored or uncolored particle), a light absorber or a light emitter.
  • the reporter can be any reporter that interacts with light in the electromagnetic spectrum with wavelengths from the ultraviolet to the near infrared.
  • organic chromophoric and fluorophoric reporters include groups having an extensive delocalized electron system, e.g.
  • cyanines merocyanines, indocyanines, phthalocyanines, naphthalocyanines, triphenylmethines, porphyrins, pyrilium dyes, thiapyrilium dyes, squarylium dyes, croconium dyes, azulenium dyes, indoanilines, benzophenoxazinium dyes, benzothiaphenothiazinium dyes, anthraquinones, napthoquinones, indathrenes, phthaloylacridones, trisphenoquinones, azo dyes, intramolecular and intermolecular charge-transfer dyes and dye complexes, tropones, tetrazines, b/s(dithiolene) complexes, bts(benzene-dithiolate) complexes, iodoaniline dyes, b/stS.O-dithiolene) complexes.
  • the reporter can be, but is not limited to a fluorescent, a bioluminescent, or chemiluminescent polypeptide.
  • a fluorescent or chemiluminescent polypeptide is a green florescent protein (GFP), a modified GFP to have different absorption/emission properties, a luciferase, an aequorin, an obelin, a mnemiopsin, a berovin, or a phenanthridinium ester.
  • GFP green florescent protein
  • a reporter can be, but is not limited to rare earth metals (e.g., europium, samarium, terbium, or dysprosium), or fluorescent nanocrystals (e.g., quantum dots).
  • a reporter may be a chromophore that can include, but is not limited to fluorescein, sulforhodamine 101 (Texas Red), rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, rhodamine 19, indocyanine green, Cy2, Cy3, Cy3.5, Cy5, Cy5.5, Cy7, Marina Blue, Pacific Blue, Oregon Green 88, Oregon Green 514, tetramethylrhodamine, and Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 430, Alexa Fluor 532, Alexa Fluor 546, Alexa Fluor 555, Alexa Fluor 568, Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 647, Alexa Fluor 660, Alexa Fluor 680, Alexa Fluor 700, and Alexa Fluor 750.
  • a beta-emitter can include, but is not limited to radio metals 67 Cu, 89 Sr, 90 Y, 153 Sm, 185 Re, 188 Re or 192 Ir, and non-metals 32 P, 33 P, 38 S, 38 Cl, 39 Cl, 82 Br and 83 Br.
  • an anti-fibrinolytic loaded into platelets can be associated with gold or other equivalent metal particles (such as nanoparticles).
  • a metal particle system can include, but is not limited to gold nanoparticles (e.g., NanogoldTM).
  • an anti-fibrinolytic loaded into platelets that is modified with an imaging agent is imaged using an imaging unit.
  • the imaging unit can be configured to image the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets in vivo based on an expected property (e.g., optical property from the imaging agent) to be characterized.
  • imaging techniques in vivo imaging using an imaging unit
  • CAT computer assisted tomography
  • MRS magnetic resonance spectroscopy
  • MRI magnetic resonance imaging
  • PET positron emission tomography
  • SPECT single-photon emission computed tomography
  • BBI bioluminescence imaging
  • a modified anti-fibrinolytic can be modified such that the modifying group interacts with the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • a modifying agent such as dansyl chloride can interact with the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • dansyl chloride can interact with primary amino groups in aliphatic and aromatic amines and can produce blue or blue-green sulfonamide adducts.
  • dansyl chloride can interact with EACA to generate a modified anti-fibrinolytic (e.g., dansyl-EACA).
  • the anti-fibrinolytic e.g., EACA
  • the buffer sequentially as disclosed herein can be loaded in a liquid medium that can be modified to change the proportion of media components or to exchange components for similar products, or to add components necessary for a given application.
  • the loading buffer and/or the liquid medium include one or more of a) water or a saline solution, b) one or more additional salts, or c) a base.
  • the loading buffer, and/or the liquid medium may include one or more of a) DMSO, b) one or more salts, or c) a base.
  • the loading agent is loaded into the platelets in the presence of an aqueous medium. In some embodiments, the loading agent is loaded in the presence of a medium comprising DMSO.
  • one embodiment of the methods herein includes contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with an aqueous loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • one embodiment of the methods herein includes contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising DMSO and comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally ethanol, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • the loading buffer and/or the liquid medium include one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and any other salt that can be found in blood or blood products, or that is known to be useful in drying platelets, or any combination of two or more of these.
  • these salts are present in the composition at an amount that is about the same as is found in whole blood.
  • the loading buffer and/or liquid medium further comprises a carrier protein.
  • the carrier protein comprises human serum albumin, bovine serum albumin, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the carrier protein is present in an amount of about 0.05% to about 1.0% (w/v).
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by incubating the platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic in the liquid medium for different durations at or at different temperatures from about 15-45° C., or about 37° C.
  • the step of incubating the platelets to load one or more anti-fibrinolytic compounds includes incubating the platelets for a time suitable for loading, as long as the time, taken in conjunction with the temperature, is sufficient for the anti-fibrinolytic to come into contact with the platelets and, preferably, be incorporated, at least to some extent, into the platelets.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by incubating the platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic in the liquid medium at a temperature from about 18-42° C., about 20-40° C., about 22-37° C., or about 16° C., about 18° C., about 20° C., about 22° C., about 24° C., about 26° C., about 28° C., about 30° C., about 32° C., about 34° C., about 36° C., about 37° C., about 39° C., about 41° C., about 43° C., or about 45° C.
  • mins for at least about 5 minutes (mins) (e.g., at least about 20 mins, about 30 mins, about 1 hour (hr), about 2 hrs, about 3 hrs, about 4 hrs, about 5 hrs, about 6 hrs, about 7 hrs, about 8 hrs, about 9 hrs, about 10 hrs, about 12 hrs, about 16 hrs, about 20 hrs, about 24 hrs, about 30 hrs, about 36 hrs, about 42 hrs, about 48 hrs, or at least about 48 hrs.
  • mins e.g., at least about 20 mins, about 30 mins, about 1 hour (hr)
  • hr about 2 hrs, about 3 hrs, about 4 hrs, about 5 hrs, about 6 hrs, about 7 hrs, about 8 hrs, about 9 hrs, about 10 hrs, about 12 hrs, about 16 hrs, about 20 hrs, about 24 hrs, about 30 hrs, about 36 hrs, about 42 hrs, about 48 hrs, or at least about 48
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by incubating the platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic in the liquid medium at a temperature from about 18-42° C., about 20-40° C., about 22-37° C., or about 16° C., about 18° C., about 20° C., about 22° C., about 24° C., about 26° C., about 28° C., about 30° C., about 32° C., about 34° C., about 36° C., about 37° C., about 39° C., about 41° C., about 43° C., or about 45° C.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by incubating the platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic in the liquid medium from about 10 mins to about 48 hours (e.g., from about 20 mins to about 36 hrs, from about 30 mins to about 24 hrs, from about 1 hr to about 20 hrs, from about 2 hrs to about 16 hours, from about 10 mins to about 24 hours, from about 20 mins to about 12 hours, from about 30 mins to about 10 hrs, or from about 1 hr to about 6 hrs.
  • 10 mins to about 48 hours e.g., from about 20 mins to about 36 hrs, from about 30 mins to about 24 hrs, from about 1 hr to about 20 hrs, from about 2 hrs to about 16 hours, from about 10 mins to about 24 hours, from about 20 mins to about 12 hours, from about 30 mins to about 10 hrs, or from about 1 hr to about 6 hrs.
  • contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic includes contacting the platelets with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent for a period of time, such as a period of 1 minute to 48 hours, such as 2 hours.
  • the platelets are at a concentration from about 1,000 platelets/ ⁇ l to about 10,000,000 platelets/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 50,000 platelets/ ⁇ l to about 4,000,000 platelets/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 100,000 platelets/ ⁇ l to about 300,000,000 platelets/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 1,000,000 to about 2,000,000. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration of about 200,000,000 platelets/ ⁇ l.
  • the methods further include acidifying the platelets, or pooled platelets, to a pH of about 6.0 to about 7.4, prior to a contacting step disclosed herein.
  • the methods include acidifying the platelets to a pH of about 6.5 to about 6.9.
  • the methods include acidifying the platelets to a pH of about 6.6 to about 6.8.
  • the acidifying includes adding to the pooled platelets a solution comprising Acid Citrate Dextrose.
  • the platelets are isolated prior to a contacting step.
  • the methods further include isolating platelets by using centrifugation.
  • the centrifugation occurs at a relative centrifugal force (RCF) of about 800 g to about 2000 g.
  • the centrifugation occurs at relative centrifugal force (RCF) of about 1300 g to about 1800 g.
  • the centrifugation occurs at relative centrifugal force (RCF) of about 1500 g.
  • the centrifugation occurs for about 1 minute to about 60 minutes.
  • the centrifugation occurs for about 10 minutes to about 30 minutes.
  • the centrifugation occurs for about 20 minutes.
  • the platelets are at a concentration from about 1,000 platelets/ ⁇ l to about 10,000,000 platelets/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 50,000 platelets/ ⁇ l to about 4,000,000 platelets/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 100,000 platelets/ ⁇ l to about 300,000,000 platelets/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 1,000,000 to about 2,000,000. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration of about 2,000,000 platelets/ ⁇ l.
  • the buffer is a loading buffer comprising the components as listed in Table 1 herein.
  • a loading buffer is an incubating agent.
  • the loading buffer includes one or more salts, such as phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and any other salt that can be found in blood or blood products.
  • Exemplary salts include sodium chloride (NaCl), potassium chloride (KCl), and combinations thereof.
  • the loading buffer includes from about 0.5 mM to about 100 mM of the one or more salts.
  • the loading buffer includes from about 1 mM to about 100 mM (e.g., about 2 mM to about 90 mM, about 2 mM to about 6 mM, about 50 mM to about 100 mM, about 60 mM to about 90 mM, about 70 to about 85 mM) about of the one or more salts. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes about 5 mM, about 75 mM, or about 80 mM of the one or more salts.
  • the loading buffer includes one or more buffers, e.g., N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N′-2-ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES), and/or sodium-bicarbonate (NaHCO 3 ).
  • the loading buffer includes from about 5 to about 100 mM of the one or more buffers.
  • the loading buffer includes from about 5 to about 50 mM (e.g., from about 5 mM to about 40 mM, from about 8 mM to about 30 mM, about 10 mM to about 25 mM) about of the one or more buffers.
  • the loading buffer includes about 10 mM, about 20 mM, about 25 mM, or about 30 mM of the one or more buffers.
  • the loading buffer includes one or more saccharides, such as monosaccharides and disaccharides, including sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose, mannose, dextrose, and xylose. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes from about 10 mM to about 1,000 mM of the one or more saccharides. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes from about 50 to about 500 mM of the one or more saccharides. In embodiments, one or more saccharides is present in an amount of from 10 mM 10 to 500 mM. In some embodiments, one or more saccharides is present in an amount of from 50 mM to 200 mM. In embodiments, one or more saccharides is present in an amount from 100 mM to 150 mM.
  • saccharides such as monosaccharides and disaccharides, including sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose, mannose, dextrose, and xylose. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes from about 10
  • the anti-fibrinolytic includes one anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic includes two or more anti-fibrinolytics.
  • the methods further include incubating the anti-fibrinolytic (e.g., EACA) in the presence of the loading buffer prior to the treatment step. In some embodiments, the methods further include incubating the loading buffer and a solution comprising the anti-fibrinolytic and water at about 37° C. using different incubation periods. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 1 ⁇ M to about 100 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 10 ⁇ M to about 10 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 100 ⁇ M to about 100 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • EACA anti-fibrinolytic
  • the solution includes a concentration of about 200 ⁇ M to about 1 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 300 ⁇ M to about 900 ⁇ M of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 400 ⁇ M to about 800 ⁇ M of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 500 ⁇ M to about 700 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 600 ⁇ M. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.1 mM to about 1.0 M of the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • the solution includes a concentration of about 1.0 mM to about 900 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 10 mM to about 800 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 50 mM to about 700 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 100 mM to about 600 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 150 mM to about 500 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • the solution includes a concentration of about 200 mM to about 400 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 250 mM to about 300 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.2 mM to about 9 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.3 mM to about 8 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.4 mM to about 7 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • the solution includes a concentration of about 0.5 mM to about 6 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.6 mM to about 5 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.7 mM to about 4 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.8 mM to about 3 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.9 mM to about 2 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • the solution includes a concentration of about 1 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 10 mM to about 150 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 20 mM to about 125 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 30 mM to 100 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 40 mM to about 90 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • the solution includes a concentration of about 50 mM to 80 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 60 mM to 70 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 50 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 100 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • the incubation of the anti-fibrinolytic in the presence of the loading buffer is performed from about 1 minute to about 4 hours. In some embodiments, the incubation is performed at an incubation period of from about 30 minutes to about 3 hours. In some embodiments, the incubation is performed at an incubation period of from about 1 hour to about 2 hours. In some embodiments, the incubation is performed at an incubation period of about 3 hours.
  • the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 1 ⁇ M to about 100 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 10 ⁇ M to about 100 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 100 ⁇ M to about 10 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 200 ⁇ M to about 1 mM.
  • the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 300 ⁇ M to about 900 ⁇ M. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 400 ⁇ m to about 800 ⁇ M. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 500 ⁇ m to about 700 ⁇ M. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is about 600 ⁇ M.
  • the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 0.1 mM to about 100 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 1.0 mM to about 900 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 10 mM to about 800 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 50 mM to about 700 mM.
  • the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 100 mM to about 600 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 150 mM to about 500 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 200 mM to about 400 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 250 mM to about 300 mM.
  • the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 1 mM to 100 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 5 mM to about 95 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 10 mM to about 90 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 15 mM to about 85 mM.
  • the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 20 mM to about 80 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 25 mM to about 75 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 30 mM to about 70 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 35 mM to about 65 mM.
  • the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 40 mM to about 60 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 45 mM to about 55 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 10 mM to about 100 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 20 mM to 90 mM.
  • the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 30 mM to about 80 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 40 mM to 70 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 50 mM to 60 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is about 50 mM. In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount can be any of the concentrations described herein.
  • the methods further include drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • the drying step includes freeze-drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • the methods further include rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets obtained from the drying step.
  • anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by using any of the variety of methods provided herein.
  • rehydrated anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by any one method comprising rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets provided herein.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used, for example, in therapeutic applications as disclosed herein. As described herein, platelets can stop bleeding by aggregating at an injury site which can be further alleviated by anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat traumatic bleeding events, such as a hemorrhage. Hemorrhage occurs when blood escapes outside its containing vessel (e.g., artery, vein, capillary, etc.) In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat an external hemorrhage.
  • traumatic bleeding events such as a hemorrhage. Hemorrhage occurs when blood escapes outside its containing vessel (e.g., artery, vein, capillary, etc.)
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat an external hemorrhage.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat an internal hemorrhage. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat an external and an internal hemorrhage. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a surgical hemorrhage. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a non-surgical hemorrhage. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a grade (e.g., category) 1 hemorrhage. For example, a grade 1 hemorrhage can include petechial bleeding.
  • a grade 1 hemorrhage can include petechial bleeding.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a grade 2 hemorrhage.
  • a grade (e.g., category) 2 hemorrhage can include mild blood loss (e.g., a clinically significant amount of blood).
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a grade 3 hemorrhage.
  • a grade (e.g., category 3) hemorrhage can include gross blood loss and can require transfusion.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a grade 4 hemorrhage.
  • a grade (e.g., category) 4 hemorrhage can include debilitating blood loss, retinal blood loss, and/or cerebral blood loss associated with a fatality.
  • Unloaded platelets can be used, for example, in therapeutic applications as disclosed herein.
  • unloaded platelets, unloaded platelet derivatives, and/or unloaded thrombosomes can be used to treat a condition such as a hemorrhage as described herein.
  • treatment of a subject with platelets loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic compound provides an “r” time (time to clot) that is shorter than the “r” time for treatment of the subject with the same amount of the free anti-fibrinolytic compound, that is, the anti-fibrinolytic compound that is not loaded into the platelets.
  • treatment of a subject with thrombosomes loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic compound provides an “r” time (time to clot) that is shorter than the “r” time for treatment of the subject with the same amount of the free anti-fibrinolytic compound, that is, the anti-fibrinolytic compound that is not loaded into the thrombosomes.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • the coagulopathy is a drug-induced coagulopathy.
  • the coagulopathy occurs following administration of an antiplatelet agent.
  • the coagulopathy occurs following administration of an anticoagulant.
  • a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives (any of which may be loaded to with anti-fibrinolytics) may be delivered to a wound on the surface of or in the interior of a patient.
  • a composition comprising platelets, lyophilized platelets, or platelet derivatives can be applied in selected forms including, but not limited to, adhesive bandages, compression bandages, liquid solutions, aerosols, matrix compositions, and coated sutures or other medical closures.
  • a platelet derivative e.g.
  • an anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivative may be administered to all or only a portion of an affected area on the surface of a patient.
  • a composition comprising platelets such lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives (any of which may be loaded to with anti-fibrinolytics) may be administered systemically, for example via the blood stream.
  • an application of the platelet derivative e.g. an anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivative
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets (e.g. anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g. anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets such as lyophilized platelets (e.g. anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g. anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent
  • the coagulopathy is the result of an anticoagulant.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating coagulopathy in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base,
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating coagulopathy in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or anti-platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • anti-platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent
  • compositions as described herein can also be administered to prepare a subject for surgery, in some cases.
  • an anticoagulant it may be difficult or impossible to reduce the dosage of the anticoagulant before surgery (e.g., in the case of trauma or other emergency surgery).
  • it may be inadvisable to reduce the dosage of the anticoagulant before surgery e.g., if the patient would be at risk of a thrombotic event (e.g., deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, or stroke) if the dosage of the anticoagulant were reduced over time.
  • a thrombotic event e.g., deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, or stroke
  • some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent
  • a surgery can be an emergency surgery (e.g., in the case of trauma) or a scheduled surgery.
  • treatment with an anticoagulant can be stopped (e.g., in preparation for surgery). In some embodiments, treatment with an anticoagulant can continue.
  • the subject may or may not be also treated with an anticoagulant reversal agent (e.g., idarucizumab, Andexanet Alfa, Ciraparantag (aripazine), protamine sulfate, vitamin K).
  • an anticoagulant reversal agent e.g., idarucizumab, Andexanet Alfa, Ciraparantag (aripazine), protamine sulfate, vitamin K.
  • the subject is not also treated with an anticoagulant reversal agent.
  • the subject is also treated with an anticoagulant reversal agent. It will be understood that an anticoagulant reversal agent can be chosen based on the anticoagulant administered to the subject.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent
  • Some embodiments provide a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • the effects of an anticoagulant may need to be ameliorated due to an incorrect dosage of an anticoagulant.
  • the effects of an anticoagulant can be ameliorated following an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • the effects of an anticoagulant may need to be ameliorated due to a potential for interaction with another drug (e.g., a second anticoagulant).
  • the effects of an anticoagulant can be ameliorated following an erroneous dosing of two or more drugs, at least one of which is an anticoagulant.
  • the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of an anti-factor IIa agent such as dabigatran (e.g., PRADAXA®), argatroban, or hirudin; an anti-factor Xa agent such as rivaroxaban (e.g., XARELTO®), apixaban (e.g., ELIQUIS®), edoxaban (e.g., SAVAYSA®), or fondaparinux (e.g., ARIXTRA®); a traditional anticoagulant such as warfarin (e.g., COUMADIN®) and heparin/LMWH (low molecular weight heparins); supplements such as herbal supplements, and a combination thereof. Examples of supplements include garlic, coenzyme CoQ10, glucosamine, glucosamine-condroitin sulfate. A non-limiting example of an herbal supplement is garlic.
  • an anti-factor IIa agent such as dabigatran (e.g., PRADA
  • the anticoagulant is dabigatran (e.g., PRADAXA®).
  • the anticoagulant is argatroban.
  • the anticoagulant is hirudin.
  • the anticoagulant is rivaroxaban (e.g., XARELTO®).
  • the anticoagulant is apixaban (e.g., ELIQUIS®).
  • the anticoagulant is edoxaban (e.g., SAVAYSA®).
  • the anticoagulant is fondaparinux (e.g., ARIXTRA®).
  • the anticoagulant is heparin or a low molecular weight heparin (LMWH).
  • LMWH low molecular weight heparin
  • the anticoagulant is warfarin (e.g., COUMADIN®).
  • the anticoagulant is tifacogin.
  • the anticoagulant is Factor VIIai.
  • the anticoagulant is SB249417.
  • the anticoagulant is pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen).
  • the anticoagulant is TTP889.
  • the anticoagulant is idraparinux.
  • the anticoagulant is idrabiotaparinux.
  • the anticoagulant is SR23781A.
  • the anticoagulant is apixaban.
  • the anticoagulant is betrixaban.
  • the anticoagulant is lepirudin.
  • the anticoagulant is ximelagatran.
  • the anticoagulant is acenocoumarol.
  • the anticoagulant an indandione.
  • the anticoagulant is a supplement.
  • the anticoagulant is an herbal supplement.
  • rehydrating the composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) comprises adding to the platelets an aqueous liquid.
  • the aqueous liquid is water.
  • the aqueous liquid is an aqueous solution (e.g., a buffer).
  • the aqueous liquid is a saline solution.
  • the aqueous liquid is a suspension.
  • the rehydrated platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • coagulation factor levels showing all individual factors (e.g., Factors VII, VIII and IX) associated with blood clotting at 40 international units (IU) or greater.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating coagulopathy in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets), lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets), or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives).
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating coagulopathy in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, wherein the subject has or has been treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • compositions as described herein can also be administered to prepare a subject for surgery, in some cases.
  • it may be difficult or impossible to reduce the dosage of the antiplatelet agent before surgery e.g., in the case of trauma or other emergency surgery.
  • it may be inadvisable to reduce the dosage of the antiplatelet agent before surgery e.g., if the patient would be at risk of a thrombotic event (e.g., deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, or stroke) if the dosage of the antiplatelet agent were reduced over time.
  • a thrombotic event e.g., deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, or stroke
  • some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base,
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent
  • a surgery can be an emergency surgery (e.g., in the case of trauma) or a scheduled surgery.
  • treatment with an anticoagulant can be stopped (e.g., in preparation for surgery). In some embodiments, treatment with an anticoagulant can continue.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • lyophilized platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • Some embodiments provide a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • the effects of an antiplatelet agent may need to be ameliorated due to an incorrect dosage of an antiplatelet agent.
  • the effects of an antiplatelet agent can be ameliorated following an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • the effects of an antiplatelet agent may need to be ameliorated due to a potential for interaction with another drug (e.g., a second antiplatelet agent).
  • the effects of an antiplatelet agent can be ameliorated following an erroneous dosing of two or more drugs, at least one of which is an antiplatelet agent.
  • the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin (also called acetylsalicylic acid or ASA); a P2Y12 inhibitor such as cangrelor (e.g., KENGREAL®), ticagrelor (e.g., BRILINTA®), clopidogrel (e.g., PLAVIX®), or prasugrel (e.g., EFFIENT®); a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor such as eptifibatide (e.g., INTEGRILIN®), tirofiban (e.g., AGGRASTAT®), or abciximab (e.g., REOPRO®)); supplements such as herbal supplements; or a combination of any thereof.
  • aspirin also called acetylsalicylic acid or ASA
  • P2Y12 inhibitor such as cangrelor (e.g., KENGREAL®), ticagrelor (e.g., BRILINTA®), clopidogre
  • Examples of supplements include ginger, ginseng, ginkgo, green tea, kava, saw palmetto, boldo ( Peumus boldus ), Danshen ( Salvia miltiorrhiza ), Dong quai ( Angelica sinensis ) papaya ( Carica papaya ), fish oil, and vitamin E.
  • Examples of herbal supplements include ginger, ginseng, and ginkgo.
  • the antiplatelet agent is aspirin.
  • the antiplatelet agent is cangrelor (e.g., KENGREAL®).
  • the antiplatelet agent is ticagrelor (e.g., BRILINTA®).
  • the antiplatelet agent is clopidogrel (e.g., PLAVIX®).
  • the antiplatelet agent is prasugrel (e.g., EFFIENT®).
  • the antiplatelet agent is eptifibatide (e.g., INTEGRILIN®).
  • the antiplatelet agent is tirofiban (e.g., AGGRASTAT®).
  • the antiplatelet agent is abciximab (e.g., REOPRO®).
  • the antiplatelet agent is terutroban.
  • the antiplatelet agent is picotamide.
  • the antiplatelet agent is elinogrel.
  • the antiplatelet agent is ticlopidine.
  • the antiplatelet agent is ibuprofen.
  • the antiplatelet agent is vorapaxar.
  • the antiplatelet agent is atopaxar.
  • the antiplatelet agent is cilostazol.
  • the antiplatelet agent is prostaglandin E1.
  • the antiplatelet agent is epoprostenol.
  • the antiplatelet agent is dipyridamole.
  • the antiplatelet agent is treprostinil sodium.
  • the antiplatelet agent is sarpogrelate.
  • the antiplatelet agent is a supplement.
  • the antiplatelet agent is an herbal supplement.
  • Clotting parameters of blood can be assessed at any appropriate time during the methods described herein.
  • one or more clotting parameters of blood can be assessed before administration of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) as described herein, e.g., in order to determine the need for administration of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) as described herein.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • one or more clotting parameters of blood can be assessed after administration of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) as described herein, e.g., in order to determine the effectiveness of the administered composition, to determine whether additional administration of the composition is warranted, or to determine whether it is safe to perform a surgical procedure.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • any of the methods described herein can include steps of assessing one or more clotting parameters of blood before administration of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) as described herein, assessing one or more clotting parameters of blood after administration of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) as described herein, or both.
  • platelets e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
  • platelet derivatives e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives
  • Any appropriate method can be used to assess clotting parameters of blood.
  • methods include the prothrombin time assay, international normalized ratio (INR), thrombin generation (TGA; which can be used to generate parameters such as, e.g., peak thrombin, endogenous thrombin potential (ETP), and lag time), thromboeleastography (TEG), activated clotting time (ACT), and partial thromboplastin time (PTT or aPTT).
  • INR is a standard method of determining dosing, see equation below, where “PT(x)” is the result of the prothrombin time assay, while the ISI constant is dependent on the manufacturer of the Tissue Factor used in the prothrombin time assay.
  • INR ((PT(patient))/(PT(normal))) ⁇ circumflex over ( ) ⁇ (ISI constant)
  • Warfarin inhibits the synthesis of four major plasma proteins that are integral to healthy clot formation.
  • a therapeutic maintenance dose of warfarin is typically targeted to an INR of about 2.0 to about 3.0.
  • Thrombosomes present a unique treatment to restore hemostasis in the presence of warfarin-type drugs.
  • Warfarin dose can be expressed by INR, a ratio that increases with the amount of warfarin ( 1 is a normal value).
  • a subject has an INR of more than 2.0 (e.g., at least 2.2, at least 2.4, at least 2.5, at least 2.6, at least 2.8, at least 3.0, at least 3.2, at least 3.4, at least 3.5, at least 3.6, at least 3.8, at least 4.0, at least 4.2, at least 4.4, at least 4.5, at least 4.6, at least 4.8, or at least 5.0) before administration of a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives as described herein.
  • INR of more than 2.0 (e.g., at least 2.2, at least 2.4, at least 2.5, at least 2.6, at least 2.8, at least 3.0, at least 3.2, at least 3.4, at least 3.5, at least 3.6, at least 3.8, at least 4.0, at least 4.2, at least 4.4, at least 4.5, at least 4.6, at least 4.8, or at least 5.0) before administration of a composition comprising platelets such as lyophil
  • a subject e.g., a subject being treated with an anticoagulant, such as warfarin
  • an anticoagulant such as warfarin
  • a subject has a lower INR (or a normal INR) after administration of a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives as described herein.
  • a subject can have an INR of 3.0 or less (e.g., less than 2.8, less than 2.6, less than 2.5, less than 2.4, less than 2.2, less than 2.0, less than 1.8, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.2, or less than 1.0) after administration of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives ad described herein.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be employed in functional assays.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are cold stored, cryopreserved, or lyophilized (to produce thrombosomes) prior to use in therapy or in functional assays.
  • any known technique for drying platelets can be used in accordance with the present disclosure, as long as the technique can achieve a final residual moisture content of less than 5%. Preferably, the technique achieves a final residual moisture content of less than 2%, such as 1%, 0.5%, or 0.1%.
  • suitable techniques are freeze-drying (lyophilization) and spray-drying.
  • a suitable lyophilization method is presented in Table A. Additional exemplary lyophilization methods can be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,811,558, 8,486,617, and 8,097,403, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
  • An exemplary spray-drying method includes: combining nitrogen, as a drying gas, with a loading buffer according to the present disclosure, then introducing the mixture into GEA Mobile Minor spray dryer from GEA Processing Engineering, Inc. (Columbia Md., USA), which has a Two-Fluid Nozzle configuration, spray drying the mixture at an inlet temperature in the range of 150° C. to 190° C., an outlet temperature in the range of 65° C. to 100° C., an atomic rate in the range of 0.5 to 2.0 bars, an atomic rate in the range of 5 to 13 kg/hr, a nitrogen use in the range of 60 to 100 kg/hr, and a run time of 10 to 35 minutes.
  • the final step in spray drying is preferentially collecting the dried mixture.
  • the dried composition in some embodiments is stable for at least six months at temperatures that range from ⁇ 20° C. or lower to 90° C. or higher.
  • the step of drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets that are obtained as disclosed herein includes incubating the platelets with a lyophilizing agent.
  • the lyophilizing agent is polysucrose.
  • the lyophilizing agent is a non-reducing disaccharide.
  • the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets further include incubating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets with a lyophilizing agent.
  • the lyophilizing agent is a saccharide.
  • the saccharide is a disaccharide, such as a non-reducing disaccharide.
  • the step of drying the platelets that are obtained as disclosed herein includes incubating the platelets with a lyophilizing agent to generate thrombosomes.
  • the lyophilizing agent is polysucrose.
  • the lyophilizing agent is a non-reducing disaccharide.
  • the methods for preparing thrombosomes from platelets further include incubating the platelets with a lyophilizing agent.
  • the lyophilizing agent is a saccharide.
  • the saccharide is a disaccharide, such as a non-reducing disaccharide.
  • the platelets are incubated with a lyophilizing agent for a sufficient amount of time and at a suitable temperature to load the platelets with the lyophilizing agent.
  • suitable lyophilizing agents are saccharides, such as monosaccharides and disaccharides, including sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose (e.g., dextrose), mannose, and xylose.
  • non-limiting examples of lyophilizing agent include serum albumin, dextran, polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP), starch, and hydroxyethyl starch (HES).
  • exemplary lyophilizing agents can include a high molecular weight polymer, into the loading composition.
  • high molecular weight it is meant a polymer having an average molecular weight of about or above 70 kDa.
  • Non-limiting examples are polymers of sucrose and epichlorohydrin.
  • the lyophilizing agent is polysucrose.
  • any amount of high molecular weight polymer can be used as a lyophilizing agent, it is preferred that an amount be used that achieves a final concentration of about 3% to 10% (w/v), such as 3% to 7%, for example 6%.
  • the process for preparing a composition includes adding an organic solvent, such as ethanol, to the loading solution.
  • an organic solvent such as ethanol
  • the solvent can range from 0.1% to 5.0% (v/v).
  • addition of the lyophilizing agent can be the last step prior to drying.
  • the lyophilizing agent is added at the same time or before the anti-fibrinolytic, the cryoprotectant, or other components of the loading composition.
  • the lyophilizing agent is added to the loading solution, thoroughly mixed to form a drying solution, dispensed into a drying vessel (e.g., a glass or plastic serum vial, a lyophilization bag), and subjected to conditions that allow for drying of the solution to form a dried composition.
  • a drying vessel e.g., a glass or plastic serum vial, a lyophilization bag
  • An exemplary saccharide for use in the compositions disclosed herein is trehalose. Regardless of the identity of the saccharide, it can be present in the composition in any suitable amount. For example, it can be present in an amount of 1 mM to 1 M. In embodiments, it is present in an amount of from 10 mM 10 to 500 mM. In some embodiments, it is present in an amount of from 20 mM to 200 mM. In some embodiments, it is present in an amount from 40 mM to 100 mM. In various embodiments, the saccharide is present in different specific concentrations within the ranges recited above, and one of skill in the art can immediately understand the various concentrations without the need to specifically recite each herein. Where more than one saccharide is present in the composition, each saccharide can be present in an amount according to the ranges and particular concentrations recited above.
  • the step of incubating the platelets to load them with a cryoprotectant or as a lyophilizing agent includes incubating the platelets for a time suitable for loading, as long as the time, taken in conjunction with the temperature, is sufficient for the cryoprotectant or lyophilizing agent to come into contact with the platelets and, preferably, be incorporated, at least to some extent, into the platelets. In embodiments, incubation is carried out for about 1 minute to about 180 minutes or longer.
  • the step of incubating the platelets to load them with a cryoprotectant or lyophilizing agent includes incubating the platelets and the cryoprotectant at a temperature that, when selected in conjunction with the amount of time allotted for loading, is suitable for loading.
  • the composition is incubated at a temperature above freezing for at least a sufficient time for the cryoprotectant or lyophilizing agent to come into contact with the platelets.
  • incubation is conducted at 37° C.
  • incubation is performed at 20° C. to 42° C.
  • incubation is performed at 35° C. to 40° C. (e.g., 37° C.) for 110 to 130 (e.g., 120) minutes.
  • the bag is a gas-permeable bag configured to allow gases to pass through at least a portion or all portions of the bag during the processing.
  • the gas-permeable bag can allow for the exchange of gas within the interior of the bag with atmospheric gas present in the surrounding environment.
  • the gas-permeable bag can be permeable to gases, such as oxygen, nitrogen, water, air, hydrogen, and carbon dioxide, allowing gas exchange to occur in the compositions provided herein.
  • the gas-permeable bag allows for the removal of some of the carbon dioxide present within an interior of the bag by allowing the carbon dioxide to permeate through its wall.
  • the release of carbon dioxide from the bag can be advantageous to maintaining a desired pH level of the composition contained within the bag.
  • the container of the process herein is a gas-permeable container that is closed or sealed.
  • the container is a container that is closed or sealed and a portion of which is gas-permeable.
  • the surface area of a gas-permeable portion of a closed or sealed container (e.g., bag) relative to the volume of the product being contained in the container (hereinafter referred to as the “SA/V ratio”) can be adjusted to improve pH maintenance of the compositions provided herein.
  • the SA/V ratio of the container can be at least about 2.0 cm 2 /mL (e.g., at least about 2.1 cm 2 /mL, at least about 2.2 cm 2 /mL, at least about 2.3 cm 2 /mL, at least about 2.4 cm 2 /mL, at least about 2.5 cm 2 /mL, at least about 2.6 cm 2 /mL, at least about 2.7 cm 2 /mL, at least about 2.8 cm 2 /mL, at least about 2.9 cm 2 /mL, at least about 3.0 cm 2 /mL, at least about 3.1 cm 2 /mL, at least about 3.2 cm 2 /mL, at least about 3.3 cm 2 /mL, at least about 3.4 cm 2 /mL, at least about 3.5 cm 2 /mL, at least about 3.6 cm 2 /mL, at least about 3.7 cm 2 /mL, at least about 3.8 cm 2 /mL, at least about 3.9 cm
  • the SA/V ratio of the container can be at most about 10.0 cm 2 /mL (e.g., at most about 9.9 cm 2 /mL, at most about 9.8 cm 2 /mL, at most about 9.7 cm 2 /mL, at most about 9.6 cm 2 /mL, at most about 9.5 cm 2 /mL, at most about 9.4 cm 2 /mL, at most about 9.3 cm 2 /mL, at most about 9.2 cm 2 /mL, at most about 9.1 cm 2 /mL, at most about 9.0 cm 2 /mL, at most about 8.9 cm 2 /mL, at most about 8.8 cm 2 /mL, at most about 8.7 cm 2 /mL, at most about 8.6, cm 2 /mL at most about 8.5 cm 2 /mL, at most about 8.4 cm 2 /mL, at most about 8.3 cm 2 /mL, at most about 8.2 cm 2 /mL, at most about 8.1 cm 2 /mL,
  • the SA/V ratio of the container can range from about 2.0 to about 10.0 cm 2 /mL (e.g., from about 2.1 cm 2 /mL to about 9.9 cm 2 /mL, from about 2.2 cm 2 /mL to about 9.8 cm 2 /mL, from about 2.3 cm 2 /mL to about 9.7 cm 2 /mL, from about 2.4 cm 2 /mL to about 9.6 cm 2 /mL, from about 2.5 cm 2 /mL to about 9.5 cm 2 /mL, from about 2.6 cm 2 /mL to about 9.4 cm 2 /mL, from about 2.7 cm 2 /mL to about 9.3 cm 2 /mL, from about 2.8 cm 2 /mL to about 9.2 cm 2 /mL, from about 2.9 cm 2 /mL to about 9.1 cm 2 /mL, from about 3.0 cm 2 /mL to about 9.0 cm 2 /mL, from about 3.1 cm 2 /mL to about
  • Gas-permeable closed containers e.g., bags or portions thereof can be made of one or more various gas-permeable materials.
  • the gas-permeable bag can be made of one or more polymers including fluoropolymers (such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and perfluoroalkoxy (PFA) polymers), polyolefins (such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE), high-density polyethylene (HDPE)), fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP), polystyrene, polyvinylchloride (PVC), silicone, and any combinations thereof.
  • fluoropolymers such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and perfluoroalkoxy (PFA) polymers
  • polyolefins such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE), high-density polyethylene (HDPE)
  • FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
  • PVC polyvinylchloride
  • silicone silicone
  • the lyophilizing agent as disclosed herein may be a high molecular weight polymer.
  • high molecular weight it is meant a polymer having an average molecular weight of about or above 70 kDa and up to 1,000,000 kDa.
  • Non-limiting examples are polymers of sucrose and epichlorohydrin (polysucrose).
  • any amount of high molecular weight polymer can be used, it is preferred that an amount be used that achieves a final concentration of about 3% to 10% (w/v), such as 3% to 7%, for example 6%.
  • lyoprotectants are serum albumin, dextran, polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP), starch, and hydroxyethyl starch (HES).
  • a lyoprotectant is also a cryoprotectant.
  • albumin, polysucrose, and sucrose can also be used as a cryoprotectant.
  • lyophilized platelets can be fixed (e.g., lyophilized fixed plates) in fixing agent.
  • lyophilized platelets can be fixed in formalin (e.g., lyophilized formalin-fixed platelets).
  • the lyophilized platelets can be at a concentration from about 1,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 500,000 k/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 5,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 450,000 k/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 10,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 400,000 k/ ⁇ l.
  • the lyophilized platelets can be at a concentration from about 30,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 300,000 k/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 40,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 250,000 k/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 50,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 225,000 k/ ⁇ l.
  • the lyophilized platelets can be at a concentration from about 60,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 200,000 k/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 70,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 175,000 k/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 80,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 150,000 k/ ⁇ l.
  • the lyophilized platelets can be at a concentration from about 90,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 125,000 k/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 100,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 120,000 k/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 105,000 k/ ⁇ l to about 115,000 k/ ⁇ l. In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount of lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at any of the concentrations described herein).
  • the lyophilized platelets can be at a concentration from about 1 ⁇ 10 2 particles/kg to from about 1 ⁇ 10 13 particles/kg. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 1 ⁇ 10 3 particles/kg to from about 1 ⁇ 10 12 particles/kg. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 1 ⁇ 10 4 particles/kg to from about 1 ⁇ 10 11 particles/kg.
  • the lyophilized platelets can be at a concentration from about 1 ⁇ 10 5 particles/kg to from about 1 ⁇ 10 10 particles/kg. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 1 ⁇ 10 6 particles/kg to from about 1 ⁇ 10 9 particles/kg. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 1 ⁇ 10 7 particles/kg to from about 1 ⁇ 10 8 particles/kg. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount of the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at any of the concentrations described herein.
  • topical administration can include administration via a solution, cream, gel, suspension, putty, particulates, or powder.
  • topical administration can include administration via a bandage (e.g. an adhesive bandage or a compression bandage) or medical closure (e.g., sutures, staples)); for example the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives (e.g., lyopreserved platelets (e.g., thrombosomes)) can be embedded therein or coated thereupon), as described in PCT Publication No. WO2017/040238 (e.g., paragraphs [013]-[069]), corresponding to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/776,255, the entirety of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • compositions described herein are administered parenterally.
  • compositions described herein are administered intravenously.
  • compositions described herein are administered intramuscularly.
  • compositions described herein are administered intrathecally.
  • compositions described herein are administered subcutaneously.
  • compositions described herein are administered intraperitoneally.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared as disclosed herein have a storage stability that is at least about equal to that of the platelets prior to the loading of the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • the loading buffer may be any buffer that is non-toxic to the platelets and provides adequate buffering capacity to the solution at the temperatures at which the solution will be exposed during the process provided herein.
  • the buffer may include any of the known biologically compatible buffers available commercially, such as phosphate buffers, such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS), bicarbonate/carbonic acid, such as sodium-bicarbonate buffer, N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N′-2-ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES), and tris-based buffers, such as tris-buffered saline (TB S).
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • bicarbonate/carbonic acid such as sodium-bicarbonate buffer
  • HEPES N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N′-2-ethanesulfonic acid
  • T S tris-based buffers, such as tris-buffered saline
  • buffers propane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic (tricarballylic); benzenepentacarboxylic; maleic; 2,2-dimethyl succinic; 3,3-dimethylglutaric; bis(2-hydroxyethyl)imino-tris(hydroxymethyl)-methane (BIS-TRIS); benzenehexacarboxylic (mellitic); N-(2-acetamido)imino-diacetic acid (ADA); butane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic; pyrophosphoric; 1,1-cyclopentanediacetic (3,3 tetramethylene-glutaric acid); piperazine-1,4-bis-(2-ethanesulfonic acid) (PIPES); N-(2-acetamido)-2-amnoethanesulfonic acid (ACES); 1,1-cyclohexanediacetic; 3,6-endomethylene-1,2,
  • a plate reader e.g., Tecan Microplate reader (e.g., Infinite® 200 PRO)
  • Tecan Microplate reader e.g., Infinite® 200 PRO
  • Platelets can be evaluated for functionality by adenosine diphosphate (ADP), collagen, arachidonic acid, phorbol myristate acetate (PMA), thrombin receptor activating peptide (TRAP), and/or any other platelet agonist known in the art for stimulation post-loading.
  • a hemostasis analyzer e.g., TEG® 5000 Thromboelastogram® Hemostasis Analyzer system
  • TEG® 5000 Thromboelastogram® Hemostasis Analyzer system can be used to test anti-fibrinolytic function of EACA loaded platelets.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic platelets are lyophilized. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are cryopreserved. In some embodiments, the unloaded platelets are lyophilized. In some embodiments, the unloaded platelets are cryopreserved.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets retain the loaded anti-fibrinolytic compound upon rehydration and release the anti-fibrinolytic compound upon stimulation by endogenous platelet activators, such as endogenous platelet activators described herein.
  • the dried platelets retain the loaded anti-fibrinolytic upon rehydration and release the anti-fibrinolytic (e.g., EACA) upon stimulation by endogenous platelet activators.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic e.g., EACA
  • at least about 10%, such as at least about 20%, such as at least about 30% of the anti-fibrinolytic is retained. In some embodiments, from about 10% to about 20%, such as from about 20% to about 30% of the anti-fibrinolytic is retained.
  • anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes can shield the anti-fibrinolytic from exposure in circulation, thereby reducing or eliminating systemic toxicity (e.g. cardiotoxicity) associated with the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, and/or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes can also protect the anti-fibrinolytic from metabolic degradation or inactivation.
  • anti-fibrinolytic delivery with anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, and/or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes can therefore be advantageous in treatment of diseases such as traumatic bleeding events (e.g., hemorrhage), since anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, and/or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes can mitigate systemic side effects.
  • diseases such as traumatic bleeding events (e.g., hemorrhage)
  • anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, and/or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes can mitigate systemic side effects.
  • anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used in any therapeutic setting in which expedited healing process is required or advantageous.
  • provided herein is a method of treating a condition such as a hemorrhage as disclosed herein in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes as disclosed herein.
  • a method of treating a condition such a hemorrhage as disclosed herein in a subject in need thereof comprising administering cold stored, room temperature stored, cryopreserved thawed, rehydrated, and/or lyophilized platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes as disclosed herein.
  • unloaded platelets, unloaded platelet derivatives, and/or unloaded thrombosomes can be advantageous in the treatment of a condition such as a hemorrhage.
  • a loading agent can include any appropriate components.
  • the loading agent may comprise a liquid medium.
  • the loading agent may comprise one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and any other salt that can be found in blood or blood products, or that is known to be useful in drying platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets), or any combination of two or more of these.
  • composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives (e.g., thrombosomes), polysucrose and trehalose made by the process comprising obtaining fresh platelets, optionally incubating the platelets in DMSO, isolating the platelets by centrifugation, resuspending the platelets in an incubating agent which comprises trehalose and ethanol thereby forming a first mixture, incubating the first mixture, mixing polysucrose with the first mixture, thereby forming a second mixture, and lyophilizing the second mixture to form a freeze dried composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives (e.g., thrombosomes), polysucrose and trehalose.
  • platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives (e.g., thrombosomes), polysucrose and trehalose
  • a method of making a freeze-dried platelet composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives (e.g., thrombosomes), polysucrose and trehalose comprising obtaining fresh platelets, optionally incubating the platelets in DMSO, isolating the platelets by centrifugation, resuspending the platelets in a incubating agent which comprises trehalose and ethanol thereby forming a first mixture, incubating the first mixture, mixing polysucrose with the first mixture, thereby forming a second mixture, and lyophilizing the second mixture to form a freeze-dried composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives (e.g., thrombosomes), polysucrose and trehalose.
  • platelets or platelet derivatives e.g., thrombosomes
  • polysucrose and trehalose e.g., thrombosomes
  • a process for making freeze-dried platelets comprising incubating isolated platelets in the presence of at least one saccharide under the following conditions: a temperature of from 20° C. to 42° C. for about 10 minutes to about 180 minutes, adding to the platelets at least one cryoprotectant, and lyophilizing the platelets, wherein the process optionally does not include isolating the platelets between the incubating and adding steps, and optionally wherein the process does not include exposing the platelets to a platelet activation inhibitor.
  • the cryoprotectant can be a polysugar (e.g., polysucrose).
  • the process can further include heating the lyophilized platelets at a temperature of 70° C. to 80° C.
  • the step of adding to the platelets at least one cryoprotectant can further include exposing the platelets to ethanol.
  • the step of incubating isolated platelets in the presence of at least one saccharide can include incubating in the presence of at least one saccharide.
  • the step of incubating isolated platelets in the presence of at least one saccharide can include incubating in the presence of at least one saccharide.
  • the conditions for incubating can include incubating for about 100 minutes to about 150 minutes.
  • the conditions for incubating can include incubating for about 110 minutes to about 130 minutes.
  • the conditions for incubating can include incubating for about 120 minutes.
  • the conditions for incubating can include incubating at 35° C. to 40° C.
  • the conditions for incubating can include incubating at 37° C.
  • the conditions for incubating can include incubating at 35° C. to 40° C. for 110 minutes to 130 minutes.
  • the conditions for incubating can include incubating at 37° C. for 120 minutes.
  • the at least one saccharide can be trehalose, sucrose, or both trehalose and sucrose.
  • the at least one saccharide can be trehalose.
  • the at least one saccharide can be sucrose.
  • a method of preparing freeze-dried platelets including providing platelets, suspending the platelets in a salt buffer that includes about 100 mM trehalose and about 1% (v/v) ethanol to make a first composition, incubating the first composition at about 37° C. for about 2 hours, adding polysucrose (e.g., polysucrose 400 ) to a final concentration of about 6% (w/v) to make a second composition, lyophilizing the second composition to make freeze-dried platelets, and heating the freeze-dried platelets at 80° C. for 24 hours.
  • a salt buffer that includes about 100 mM trehalose and about 1% (v/v) ethanol
  • polysucrose e.g., polysucrose 400
  • the starting apheresis platelet material was pooled and acidified to a pH 6.6-6.8 using 4 ⁇ L of 1M Acid Citrate Dextrose solution per 1 ml of pooled platelet rich plasma. A count of platelets was obtained in solution using a Coulter AcT Diff hematology analyzer. The platelets were isolated via centrifugation at 1500 g ⁇ for 20 minutes at room temperature with gentle acceleration and braking.
  • a dansyl-EACA/EACA solution was prepared as follows: stock of 1 mM dansyl-EACA and 1M EACA (1:1000 ratio), dissolved in loading buffer, and frozen. The frozen dansyl-EACA/EACA solution was thawed at 37° C. for 20 minutes.
  • the platelets were resuspended in loading buffer at a concentration of 2,250,000 platelets/ ⁇ L.
  • the platelets (2,250,000 platelets/ ⁇ l) were combined with the EACA solution as follows: 9 ml platelets at 2,250,000 platelets/4, and 1 ml dansyl-EACA/EACA stock as prepared above and incubated at 37° C. for 3 hours. 1 mL of dansyl-EACA/EACA stock and 304, of 1 M dextrose were supplemented every hour on the hour.
  • the EACA-loaded platelets were cryopreserved by incubating the samples in a freezer at ⁇ 80° C.
  • the cryopreserved EACA-loaded platelets were thawed at 37° C. water bath and used for downstream applications described herein.
  • a Tecan Infinite M200 Pro plate reader was used for quantification of anti-fibrinolytic loading.
  • a TEG 5000 Hemostasis analyzer was used to evaluate anti-fibrinolytic function of EACA from EACA loaded platelets.
  • FIG. 1 is a graph showing dose-dependent EACA loading into platelets at 50 mM and 100 mM over time measured at 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, and 4 hours.
  • the pooled apheresis platelets were incubated with dansyl-EACA ( ⁇ ex/em: 325 nm, 570 nm) and unlabeled EACA at a molar ratio of 1:1000 in loading buffer. Platelets were incubated for 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours at 37° C. with low frequency agitation on a rocker. After isolation by centrifugation and washing, the platelets were lysed by sonication and EACA per platelet was quantified using the Tecan Infinite® M200 PRO plate reader. The results show dose-dependent and time-dependent EACA loading into platelets as measured by the concentration (mg/platelet) of EACA per platelet in each sample.
  • FIG. 2 shows in vitro agonist stimulation of EACA release from EACA-loaded platelets with known agonists: phorbol myristate acetate (PMA), collagen, or thrombin receptor activating peptide (TRAP) agonists.
  • PMA phorbol myristate acetate
  • TRAP thrombin receptor activating peptide
  • FIG. 3 is a graph showing an EACA dose-response curve in pooled human platelet rich plasma to determine the effect of free EACA on lysis after 30 minutes.
  • Tissue plasminogen activator was used to induce fibrinolysis in vitro.
  • 690 ⁇ L platelet rich plasma (platelets in George King plasma) was mixed with 10 ⁇ L of 65 ⁇ g/mL tPA and 10 ⁇ L of serially diluted samples of EACA in cell culture grade water. Each measurement was run in duplicate using 340 ⁇ L of the EACA/tPA mixture pipetted into 20 ⁇ L of 0.2 M CaCl 2 ). Runs were maintained for 30 minutes after Maximum Amplitude (MA) had been reached at 37° C.
  • MA Maximum Amplitude
  • the percent lysis shows the extent of fibrinolysis 30 minutes after MA had been reached.
  • a LY30 of 100% corresponds to complete lysis of the blood clot while 0% corresponds to the absence of lysis.
  • 140 ⁇ g/mL of free EACA was shown to effectively inhibit fibrinolysis (LY30 of 3.5%).
  • FIGS. 4A-E shows that EACA-loaded platelets can release EACA in vitro to prevent fibrinolysis.
  • FIGS. 4A-E show thromboelastogram (TEG) graphs of EACA loaded platelets with tissue plasminogen activator at varying platelet concentrations. Platelet concentrations tested were 125 kcell/ ⁇ L, 250 kcell/ ⁇ L, 500 kcell/ ⁇ L, 1000 kcell/ ⁇ L, and 2000 kcell/ ⁇ L of EACA-loaded platelets. Maximum amplitude was maintained over 30 minutes with increasing concentration of drug loaded platelets.
  • FIG. 4F shows a dose-response curve of EACA-loaded platelets.
  • EACA-loaded platelets equivalent to 2.5 ⁇ g/mL prevents fibrinolysis (LY30 of 5.6%). 140 ⁇ g/mL free EACA inhibit fibrinolysis to a similar extent (LY30 of 3.5%). Therefore, EACA loaded into platelets can inhibit tPA-induced coagulopathy at 56 ⁇ lower concentrations than the free EACA.
  • FIG. 5 is a graph comparing the percent lysis of clots at 30 minutes for free EACA in solution ( FIG. 3 ) and EACA-loaded platelets ( FIGS. 4A-E ).
  • FIG. 5 shows, on a log scale, approximately equal percent lysis is observed using platelet-loaded EACA at concentrations between 17 and 56-fold lower than for non-loaded EACA (free EACA). These results show that platelets are a viable vehicle for delivery of an anti-fibrinolytic such as EACA at low concentrations relative to free EACA.
  • FIG. 6 is a graph measuring the amount of EACA mg/platelet of EACA-loaded platelets pre-cryopreservation and post-cryopreservation.
  • Platelets were incubated in 100 mM dansyl-EACA ( ⁇ ex/em: 325 nm, 570 nm) and unlabeled EACA at a molar ratio of 1:1000 in loading buffer (Table 1) for 3 hours followed by centrifugation and resuspension in loading buffer containing sucrose and minimal DMSO for cryopreservation.
  • the samples were cryopreserved by incubation of the samples in a ⁇ 80° C. freezer.
  • Drug load of pre- and post-cryopreservation were quantified using a Tecan Infinite M200 Pro plate reader.
  • the cryopreserved platelets retained 91% of the original amount of EACA that was loaded per cell before preservation.
  • FIGS. 7A-E shows that cryopreserved EACA-loaded platelets (EACA-loaded platelets in the presence of loading buffer (Table 1) can release EACA in vitro to prevent fibrinolysis.
  • FIGS. 7A-D show TEG graphs of cryopreserved EACA loaded platelets plus tissue plasminogen activator at varying platelet concentrations. Platelet concentrations ranged from 100 kcell/ ⁇ L, 250 kcell/ ⁇ L, 500 kcell/ ⁇ L, and 1000 kcell/ ⁇ L. MA was maintained after 30 minutes with increasing concentration of cryopreserved drug loaded platelets.
  • FIG. 7E shows a dose-response curve of cryopreserved EACA loaded platelets.
  • EACA-loaded platelets equivalent to 5 ⁇ g/mL prevents fibrinolysis (LY30 of 2.1%). 140 ⁇ g/mL free EACA inhibit fibrinolysis to a similar extent (LY30 of 3.5%). Therefore, EACA loaded into platelets can inhibit tPA-induced coagulopathy at 28 x lower concentrations than free EACA.
  • FIGS. 8A-C show graphs indicating the strength of clots as measured by maximum amplitude (MA).
  • FIG. 8A shows MA measured in the presence of free EACA.
  • FIGS. 8B-C shows MA measured with EACA loaded platelets (5 ⁇ 10 5 platelets/ ⁇ l) in the presence of loading buffer pre-cryopreservation ( 8 B) and post-cryopreservation ( 8 C). MA increases with increasing number of EACA-loaded platelets in both pre-cryopreservation and post-cryopreservation.
  • Embodiment 1 is a method of treating a hemorrhage in a subject, the method comprising: administering a therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets to the subject in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 2 is the method of embodiment 2, wherein the concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded into the platelets is from about 100 ⁇ M to about 10 mM.
  • Embodiment 3 is the method of any one of embodiments 1 or 2, wherein the concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes is from about 1 ⁇ 10 2 particles/kg to about 1 ⁇ 101 3 particles/kg.
  • Embodiment 4 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, comprising: contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 5 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, comprising:
  • Embodiment 6 is the method of embodiment 4 or 5, wherein the platelets are treated with the anti-fibrinolytic and with the loading buffer sequentially, in either order.
  • Embodiment 7 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, comprising:
  • Embodiment 8 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, comprising:
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form a first composition
  • Embodiment 9 is the method of claims embodiment 7 or 8, wherein the platelets are contacted with the anti-fibrinolytic and with the loading buffer concurrently.
  • Embodiment 10 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, comprising: contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic in the presence of a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form the drug-loaded platelets.
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form the drug-loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 11 the method of any one of the claims embodiments 7-10, wherein the platelets are pooled from a plurality of donors prior to a treating step.
  • Embodiment 12 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprising
  • step (B) contacting the platelets from step (A) with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent
  • Embodiment 13 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprising
  • step (A) (1) contacting the platelets from step (A) with an anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition
  • Embodiment 14 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprising
  • step (A) (1) contacting the platelets from step (A) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form a first composition; and
  • Embodiment 15 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprising
  • a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 16 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 15, wherein the loading agent is a monosaccharide or a disaccharide.
  • Embodiment 17 is the method of any one embodiments 4 to 16, wherein the loading agent is sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose, mannose, or xylose.
  • Embodiment 18 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 17, wherein the platelets are isolated prior to a contacting step.
  • Embodiment 19 is the method of any one embodiments 4 to 18, wherein the platelets are loaded with the drug in a period of time of 5 minutes to 48 hours.
  • Embodiment 20 is the method of any one embodiments 4 to 19, wherein the concentration of the anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 1 ⁇ M to about 100 mM.
  • Embodiment 21 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 20, wherein the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 22 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 21, further comprising cold storing, cryopreserving, freeze-drying, thawing, rehydrating, and combinations thereof the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 23 is the method of embodiment 22, wherein the drying step comprises freeze-drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 24 is the method of embodiment 22 or 23, further comprising rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets obtained from the drying step.
  • Embodiment 25 are anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by the method of any one embodiments 4 to 24.
  • Embodiment 26 are rehydrated anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by a method comprising rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets of embodiment 25.
  • Embodiment 27 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 26, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic is modified with an imaging agent.
  • Embodiment 28 is the method of embodiment 27, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic is modified with the imaging agent prior to contacting platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • Embodiment 29 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 28, wherein the platelets are further treated with an imaging agent, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are loaded with the imaging agent.
  • Embodiment 30 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 29, wherein the method does not comprise contacting the platelets with an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 31 is the method of any one of embodiments 7, 8, 13, or 14, wherein the method does not comprise contacting the first composition with an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 32 is the method of any one embodiments 4 to 31, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -aminocaproic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, tranexamic acid, and fibrinogen.
  • the anti-fibrinolytic is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -aminocaproic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, tranexamic acid, and fibrinogen.
  • Embodiment 33 is the method of embodiment 32, wherein the ⁇ -aminocaproic acid is present in a concentration of at least 100 ⁇ M.
  • Embodiment 34 are anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by any of one of embodiments 4 to 33.
  • Embodiment 35 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 34, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic-loaded platelets treat a hemorrhage in a subject.
  • Embodiment 36 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 34, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets treat a disease in a subject.
  • Embodiment 37 is a method of treating a hemorrhage in a subject, the method comprising: administering a therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes to the subject in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 38 is the method of embodiment 37, wherein the concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes is from about 1 ⁇ 10 2 particles/kg to about 1 ⁇ 10 13 particles/kg.
  • Embodiment 39 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 40 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 41 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 42 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 43 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 44 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 45 is the method of any one of embodiments 43 or 44, wherein the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • Embodiment 46 is the method of any one of embodiments 43-44, wherein the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • Embodiment 47 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-46, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped.
  • Embodiment 48 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-47, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • Embodiment 49 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 50 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 51 is the method of embodiment 49 or 50, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 52 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-51, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 53 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-51, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, riva
  • Embodiment 54 is the method of embodiment 52 or embodiment 53, wherein the anticoagulant is warfarin.
  • Embodiment 55 is the method of embodiment 52 or embodiment 53, wherein the anticoagulant is heparin.
  • Embodiment 56 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-55, further comprising drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 57 is the method of embodiment 56, further comprising rehydrating the composition following the drying step.
  • Embodiment 58 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-56, further comprising freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 59 is the method of embodiment 58, further comprising rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • Embodiment 60 is the method of any one of embodiments 39 to 59, wherein the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 61 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-60, wherein the composition comprises an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 62 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-61, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives comprises thrombosomes.
  • Embodiment 63 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 64 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 65 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 66 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 67 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 68 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 69 is the method of embodiment 67 or 68, wherein the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • Embodiment 70 is the method of embodiment 67 or 68, wherein the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • Embodiment 71 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-70, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped.
  • Embodiment 72 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-70, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • Embodiment 73 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 74 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 75 is the method of embodiment 73 or embodiment 74, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 76 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-75, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 77 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-75, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, and atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, and atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 78 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-75, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, and sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogre
  • Embodiment 79 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-78, further comprising drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 80 is the method of embodiment 79, further comprising rehydrating the composition following the drying step.
  • Embodiment 81 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-79, further comprising freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 82 is the method of embodiment 81, further comprising rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • Embodiment 83 is the method of any one of embodiments 63 to 82, wherein the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 84 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-83, wherein the composition comprises an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 85 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 86 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 87 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 88 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 89 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 90 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 91 is the method of embodiment 89 or 90, wherein the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • Embodiment 92 is the method of embodiment 89 or 90, wherein the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • Embodiment 93 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-92, wherein the subject or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 94 is the method of embodiment 93, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped.
  • Embodiment 95 is the method of embodiment 93, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • Embodiment 96 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 97 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 98 is the method of embodiment 96 or embodiment 97, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 99 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-98, wherein the composition further comprises an anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • Embodiment 100 is the method of embodiment 99, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • EACA ⁇ -aminocaproic acid
  • tranexamic acid aprotinin
  • aminomethylbenzoic acid fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 101 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-100, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 102 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-100, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, riv
  • Embodiment 103 is the method of embodiment 101 or embodiment 102, wherein the anticoagulant is warfarin.
  • Embodiment 104 is the method of embodiment 101 or embodiment 102, wherein the anticoagulant is heparin.
  • Embodiment 105 is the method of any one of embodiments 86-104, wherein before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 4.0.
  • Embodiment 106 is the method of embodiment 105, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 3.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 107 is the method of embodiment 105, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 108 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-104, wherein before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 3.0.
  • Embodiment 109 is the method of embodiment 108, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 110 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering topically.
  • Embodiment 111 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering parenterally.
  • Embodiment 112 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering intravenously.
  • Embodiment 113 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering intramuscularly.
  • Embodiment 114 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering intrathecally.
  • Embodiment 115 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering subcutaneously.
  • Embodiment 116 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering intraperitoneally.
  • Embodiment 117 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-116, further comprising drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 118 is the method of embodiment 117, further comprising rehydrating the composition is following the drying step.
  • Embodiment 119 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-117, further comprising freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 120 is the method of embodiment 119, further comprising rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • Embodiment 121 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-120, wherein the incubating agent comprises one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • the incubating agent comprises one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • Embodiment 122 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-121, wherein the incubating agent comprises a carrier protein.
  • Embodiment 123 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-122, wherein the buffer comprises HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO 3 ), or a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 124 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-123, wherein the composition comprises one or more saccharides.
  • Embodiment 125 is the method of embodiment 124, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise trehalose.
  • Embodiment 126 is the method of embodiment 124 or embodiment 125, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise polysucrose.
  • Embodiment 127 is the method of any one of embodiments 124-126, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise dextrose.
  • Embodiment 128 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-127, wherein the composition comprises an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 129 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-128, wherein the platelets or platelet derivatives comprise thrombosomes.
  • Embodiment 130 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 131 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 132 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 133 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 134 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 135 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 136 is the method of embodiment 134 or 135, wherein the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • Embodiment 137 is the method of embodiment 134 or 135, wherein the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • Embodiment 138 is the method of any one of embodiment 130-137, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped.
  • Embodiment 139 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-137, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • Embodiment 140 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 141 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 142 is the method of embodiment 140 or embodiment 141, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 143 is the method of any one of embodiments 140-142, wherein the composition further comprises an anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • Embodiment 144 is the method of embodiment 143, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • EACA ⁇ -aminocaproic acid
  • tranexamic acid aprotinin
  • aminomethylbenzoic acid aminomethylbenzoic acid
  • fibrinogen fibrinogen
  • Embodiment 145 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-144, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 146 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-144, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, and atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, and atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 147 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-144, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, and sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel
  • Embodiment 148 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering topically.
  • Embodiment 149 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering parenterally.
  • Embodiment 150 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering intravenously.
  • Embodiment 151 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering intramuscularly.
  • Embodiment 152 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering intrathecally.
  • Embodiment 153 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering subcutaneously.
  • Embodiment 154 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering intraperitoneally.
  • Embodiment 155 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-154, further comprising drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 156 is the method of embodiment 155, further comprising rehydrating the composition after the drying step.
  • Embodiment 157 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-154, further comprising freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 158 is the method of embodiment 157, further comprising rehydrating the composition is after the freeze-drying step.
  • Embodiment 159 is the method of any one of embodiments 149-177, wherein the incubating agent comprises one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • the incubating agent comprises one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • Embodiment 160 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-159, wherein the incubating agent comprises a carrier protein.
  • Embodiment 161 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-160, wherein the buffer comprises HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO 3 ), or a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 162 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-161, wherein the composition comprises one or more saccharides.
  • Embodiment 163 is the method of embodiment 162, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise trehalose.
  • Embodiment 164 is the method of embodiment 162 or 163, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise polysucrose.
  • Embodiment 165 is the method of any one of embodiments 162-164, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise dextrose.
  • Embodiment 166 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-165, wherein the composition comprises an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 167 is the method of any of embodiments 130-166, wherein the platelets or platelet derivatives comprise thrombosomes.
  • Embodiment 168 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 169 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 170 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 171 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 172 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 173 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 174 is the method of any one of embodiments 172-173, wherein the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • Embodiment 175 is the method of any one of embodiments 172-173, wherein the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • Embodiment 176 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-175, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 177 is the method of embodiment 176, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped.
  • Embodiment 178 is the method of embodiment 177, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • Embodiment 179 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 180 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 181 is the method of embodiment 179 or embodiment 180, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 182 is the method of any one of embodiments 176-181, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 183 is the method of any one of embodiments 176-182, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, riva
  • Embodiment 184 is the method of embodiment 182 or embodiment 183, wherein the anticoagulant is warfarin.
  • Embodiment 185 is the method of embodiment 182 or embodiment 183, wherein the anticoagulant is heparin.
  • Embodiment 186 is the method of any one of embodiments 176-185, wherein before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 4.0.
  • Embodiment 187 is the method of embodiment 186, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 3.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 188 is the method of embodiment 186, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 189 is the method of any one of embodiments 176-1888, wherein before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 3.0.
  • Embodiment 190 is the method of embodiment 189, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 191 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-190, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anti-platelet agent.
  • Embodiment 192 is the method of embodiment 191, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped.
  • Embodiment 193 is the method of embodiment 191, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • Embodiment 194 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 195 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 196 is the method of embodiment 194 or embodiment 195, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 197 is the method of any one of embodiments 191-196, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 198 is the method of any one of embodiments 191-196, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 199 is the method of any one of embodiments 191-196, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel
  • Embodiment 200 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-199, wherein the composition further comprises an anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • Embodiment 201 is the method of embodiment 200, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • EACA ⁇ -aminocaproic acid
  • tranexamic acid aprotinin
  • aminomethylbenzoic acid aminomethylbenzoic acid
  • fibrinogen fibrinogen
  • Embodiment 202 is the method of embodiment 200 or embodiment 201, wherein the platelets or platelet derivatives are loaded with the anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • Embodiment 203 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering topically.
  • Embodiment 204 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering parenterally.
  • Embodiment 205 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering intravenously.
  • Embodiment 206 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering intramuscularly.
  • Embodiment 207 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering intrathecally.
  • Embodiment 208 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering subcutaneously.
  • Embodiment 209 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering intraperitoneally.
  • Embodiment 210 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-209, wherein the composition is dried prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 211 is the method of embodiment 210, wherein the composition is rehydrated following the drying step.
  • Embodiment 212 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-209, wherein the composition is freeze-dried prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 213 is the method of embodiment 212, wherein the composition is rehydrated following the freeze-drying step.
  • Embodiment 214 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-213, wherein the incubating agent comprises one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • the incubating agent comprises one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • Embodiment 215 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-214, wherein the incubating agent comprises a carrier protein.
  • Embodiment 216 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-215, wherein the buffer comprises HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO 3 ), or a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 217 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-216, wherein the composition comprises one or more saccharides.
  • Embodiment 218 is the method of embodiment 217, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise trehalose.
  • Embodiment 219 is the method of embodiment 217 or embodiment 218, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise polysucrose.
  • Embodiment 220 is the method of any one of embodiments 217-219, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise dextrose.
  • Embodiment 221 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-220, wherein the composition comprises an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 222 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-221, wherein the platelets or platelet derivatives comprise thrombosomes.

Abstract

Provided herein are methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, platelet derivatives, thrombosomes and compositions thereof.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/969,942, filed on Feb. 4, 2020, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/980,850, filed on Feb. 24, 2020, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/065,337, filed on Aug. 13, 2020, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
  • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • Provided herein are compositions and methods for use of platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes (e.g., freeze-dried platelet derivatives) as biological carriers of cargo, such as anti-fibrinolytic compounds, also referred to herein as anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes. Also provided herein, are methods of preparing platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes loaded with anti-fibrinolytic compounds.
  • Also provided herein are methods and compositions that are suitable for treating drug-induced coagulopathy, such as antiplatelet agent-induced coagulopathy, such as, for example, treatment with anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes, or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives.
  • Also provided herein are methods and compositions that are suitable for treating drug-induced coagulopathy, such as, for example, treatment with platelets, thrombosomes, or platelet derivatives.
  • Also provided herein are methods and compositions that are suitable for treating coagulopathy, such as antiplatelet agent-induced coagulopathy, such as for example, treatment with platelets, thrombosomes, or platelet derivatives.
  • Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets described herein can be stored under typical ambient conditions, refrigerated, cryopreserved, for example with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), and/or lyophilized after stabilization (e.g., to form thrombosomes)
  • BACKGROUND
  • Blood is a complex mixture of numerous components. In general, blood can be described as comprising four main parts: red blood cells, white blood cells, platelets, and plasma. The first three are cellular or cell-like components, whereas the fourth (plasma) is a liquid component comprising a wide and variable mixture of salts, proteins, and other factors necessary for numerous bodily functions. The components of blood can be separated from each other by various methods. In general, differential centrifugation is most commonly used currently to separate the different components of blood based on size and, in some applications, density.
  • Unactivated platelets, which are also commonly referred to as thrombocytes, are small, often irregularly-shaped (e.g., discoidal or ovoidal) megakaryocyte-derived components of blood that are involved in the clotting process. They aid in protecting the body from excessive blood loss due not only to trauma or injury, but to normal physiological activity as well.
  • Platelets are considered crucial in normal hemostasis, providing the first line of defense against blood escaping from injured blood vessels. Platelets generally function by adhering to the lining of broken blood vessels, in the process becoming activated, changing to an amorphous shape, and interacting with components of the clotting system that are present in plasma or are released by the platelets themselves or other components of the blood. Purified platelets have found use in treating subjects with low platelet count (thrombocytopenia) and abnormal platelet function (thrombasthenia). Concentrated platelets are often used to control bleeding after injury or during acquired platelet function defects or deficiencies, for example those occurring during surgery and those due to the presence of platelet inhibitors.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • Platelet transfusion and anti-fibrinolytics are suitable for improving traumatic bleeding events (e.g., hemorrhage). Methods and compositions provided herein generally describe the use of platelets as biological carriers of anti-fibrinolytic compounds, including but not limited to, ε-aminocaproic acid (EACA). Loading anti-fibrinolytics into platelets can shield the anti-fibrinolytic from systemic exposure and metabolic processes as the platelet migrates to the site of injury. At the site of injury the drug can be released to enhance the stability of the forming clot. Anti-fibrinolytic (e.g., EACA) loaded platelets can be cryopreserved for long term storage, can retain the internalized cargo (e.g., EACA) after thawing, and can release the anti-fibrinolytic in response to in vitro stimulation by endogenous platelet agonists.
  • Provided herein are methods and compositions that are suitable for improving traumatic bleeding (e.g., hemorrhage) therapy by reducing the therapeutic dose of anti-fibrinolytic and prevent unwanted side effects as a result of off-site drug interactions.
  • Provided herein are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent. In some embodiments, the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • Provided herein are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition. In some embodiments, the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • Provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent. In some embodiments, the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • Provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition. In some embodiments, the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • Provided herein are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent. In some embodiments, the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • Provided herein are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition. In some embodiments, the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • Provided herein are methods of treating a hemorrhage in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent. In some embodiments, the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • Provided herein are methods of treating a hemorrhage in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition. In some embodiments, the platelets or platelet derivatives can be loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • Provided herein are methods of treating a hemorrhage in a subject, including administering a therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets to the subject in need thereof.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods provided herein, the concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded into the platelets is from about 100 μM to about 10 mM.
  • In some embodiments of administering a therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes to a subject in thereof, includes a concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes from about 1×102 particles/kg to about 1×1013 particles/kg.
  • In another aspect provided herein are methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments (e.g., for unloaded platelets or platelet derivatives), a “loading buffer” may be alternatively called an “incubating agent”.
  • Provided herein are methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, including providing platelets and contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the platelets are contacted with the anti-fibrinolytic and with the loading buffer sequentially, in either order.
  • Provided herein are methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, including contacting platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition and contacting the first composition with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Provided herein are methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, including contacting the platelets with a buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form a first composition and contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the platelets are contacted with the anti-fibrinolytic and with the loading buffer concurrently.
  • In another aspect provided herein are methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, including contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic in the presence of a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form the drug-loaded platelets. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded, the platelets are pooled from a plurality of donors prior to a treating step.
  • Provided herein are methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, including A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors and B) contacting the platelets from step (A) with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Provided herein are methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, including A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors and B) contacting the platelets from step (A) with an anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition and contacting the first composition with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Provided herein are methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, including A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors and B) contacting the platelets from step (A) with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form a first composition and contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Also provided herein are methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, including A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors and B) contacting the platelets with a drug in the presence of a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the loading agent is a monosaccharide or a disaccharide. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the loading agent is sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose, mannose, or xylose. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the platelets are isolated prior to a contacting step. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the platelets are loaded with the drug in a period of time of 5 minutes to 48 hours. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the concentration of the anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 1 μM to about 100 mM. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, cold storing, cryopreserving, freeze-drying, thawing, rehydrating, and combinations thereof the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the drying step includes freeze-drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, further including rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets obtained from the drying step.
  • Also provided herein are anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by any of the methods described herein.
  • Also provided herein are rehydrated anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by a method including rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets by any of the methods described herein. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the anti-fibrinolytic is modified with an imaging agent. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the anti-fibrinolytic is modified with the imaging agent prior to contacting platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the platelets are further treated with an imaging agent, where the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are loaded with the imaging agent. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the method does not include contacting the platelets with an organic solvent. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the method does not include contacting the first composition with an organic solvent. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the anti-fibrinolytic is selected from the group consisting of ε-aminocaproic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, tranexamic acid, and fibrinogen. In some embodiments of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, the ε-aminocaproic acid is present in a concentration of at least 100 μM.
  • Provided herein are anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by any of the methods described herein.
  • Also provided herein are methods where the anti-fibrinolytic-loaded platelets treat a hemorrhage in a subject.
  • Also provided herein are methods of treating a hemorrhage in a subject, including administering a therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes to the subject in need thereof. In some embodiments of treating a hemorrhage in a subject, the concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes is from about 1×102 particles/kg to about 1×1013 particles/kg.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anti-fibrinolytic is selected from the group including of ε-aminocaproic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, tranexamic acid, and fibrinogen.
  • In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic is ε-aminocaproic acid. In some embodiments, the ε-aminocaproic acid is present in a concentration from about 1 μM to about 100 mM.
  • Also, provided herein are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Also, provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Also, provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Also, provided herein are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Also, provided herein are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery, the surgery is an emergency surgery. In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments of ameliorating the effects of anticoagulant in a subject, the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is warfarin. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is heparin.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition following the drying step.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the composition includes an organic solvent.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives includes thrombosomes.
  • Also provided here are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided here are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided here are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided here are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided here are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided here are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery, the surgery is an emergency surgery. In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer including a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and a supplement, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, and atopaxar, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, and sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition following the drying step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the composition includes an organic solvent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Also provided herein are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Also provided herein are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Also provided herein are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery, the surgery is an emergency surgery. In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery, the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the subject or is being treated with an anticoagulant. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the composition includes an anti-fibrinolytic agent. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ε-aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, and a supplement, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, and a supplement, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is warfarin. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is heparin.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, before administering, the subject had an INR of at least 4.0. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after the administering, the subject has an INR of 3.0 or less. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, before administering, the subject had an INR of at least 3.0. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering topically. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering parenterally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intravenously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intramuscularly. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intrathecally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering subcutaneously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intraperitoneally.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition is following the drying step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the incubating agent includes one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the incubating agent includes a carrier protein. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the buffer includes HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3), or a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the composition includes one or more saccharides. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the one or more saccharides includes trehalose. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the one or more saccharides includes polysucrose. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the one or more saccharides includes dextrose.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the composition includes an organic solvent.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the platelets or platelet derivatives includes thrombosomes.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, where the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery, the surgery is an emergency surgery. In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery, the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the composition includes an anti-fibrinolytic agent. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ε-aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and a supplement, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, and atopaxar, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, and sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering topically. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering parenterally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intravenously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where administering includes administering intramuscularly. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where administering includes administering intrathecally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where administering includes administering subcutaneously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where administering includes administering intraperitoneally.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes rehydrating the composition after the drying step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method includes freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the method rehydrating the composition is after the freeze-drying step.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the incubating agent includes one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where the incubating agent includes a carrier protein. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the buffer includes HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3), or a combination thereof.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where the composition includes one or more saccharides. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, one or more saccharides includes trehalose. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the one or more saccharides includes polysucrose. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the one or more saccharides includes dextrose.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the composition includes an organic solvent.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the platelets or platelet derivatives includes thrombosomes.
  • Also provided herein are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the composition is administered following administration to the subject an antiplatelet agent or an anticoagulant, or a subject having Von Willebrand Disease or hemophilia.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Also provided herein are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of preparing a subject for surgery, including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery, the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • In some embodiments of preparing a subject for surgery, the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, a supplement, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, a supplement, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is warfarin. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anticoagulant is heparin.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 4.0. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after the administering, the subject has an INR of 3.0 or less. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 3.0. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anti-platelet agent. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition including platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Also provided herein are methods of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, including administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process including incubating platelets with an incubating agent including one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, a supplement, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, where the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the composition includes an anti-fibrinolytic agent. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ε-aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the platelets or platelet derivatives are loaded with the anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering topically. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering parenterally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intravenously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intramuscularly. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intrathecally. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering subcutaneously. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, administering includes administering intraperitoneally.
  • DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is a graph showing dose-dependent ε-aminocaproic acid (EACA) loading into platelets at 50 mM and 100 mM using Dansyl-EACA at a molar ratio of 1:1000 in the loading buffer in order to measure loading via fluorescence over time at 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, and 4 hours.
  • FIG. 2 is a graph showing in vitro agonist stimulation of EACA release from EACA-loaded platelets with PMA, collagen, and TRAP agonists using Dansyl-EACA at a molar ratio of 1:1000 in the loading buffer in order to measure release via fluorescence.
  • FIG. 3 is a graph showing an EACA dose-response curve in pooled human platelet rich plasma to determine the effect of free EACA on lysis after 30 minutes (LY30) via thromboelastography.
  • FIGS. 4A-4E show that EACA-loaded platelets can release EACA in vitro to prevent fibrinolysis. FIGS. 4A-E show thromboelastogram (TEG) graphs of EACA loaded platelets with tissue plasminogen activator at varying platelet concentrations. FIG. 4F shows a dose-response curve of the effect of EACA-loaded platelets on LY30.
  • FIG. 5 is a graph comparing the percent lysis of clots at 30 minutes for free EACA in solution (FIG. 3) and EACA-loaded platelets (FIGS. 4A-E) showing improved response from EACA loaded into platelets.
  • FIG. 6 is a graph measuring the amount of EACA mg/platelet of EACA-loaded platelets pre-cryopreservation and post-cryopreservation using Dansyl-EACA at a molar ratio of 1:1000 in the loading buffer in order to measure loading via fluorescence.
  • FIGS. 7A-7E that cryopreserved EACA-loaded platelets can release EACA in vitro to prevent fibrinolysis. FIGS. 7A-D show TEG graphs of cryopreserved EACA loaded platelets plus tissue plasminogen activator at varying platelet concentrations. FIG. 7E shows a dose-response curve of cryopreserved EACA loaded platelets.
  • FIGS. 8A-C show graphs indicating the strength of clots as measured by maximum amplitude (MA). FIG. 8A shows MA measured in the presence of free EACA.
  • FIGS. 8B-C shows MA measured with EACA loaded platelets pre-cryopreservation (8B) and post-cryopreservation (8C).
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • This disclosure is directed to compositions and methods for use of platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes as biological carriers of cargo, such as anti-fibrinolytic compounds, also referred to herein as anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes. Also provided herein, are methods of preparing platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes loaded with anti-fibrinolytic compounds.
  • Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets described herein can be stored under typical ambient conditions, refrigerated, cryopreserved, for example with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), and/or lyophilized after stabilization (e.g., to form thrombosomes).
  • It is to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting. Further, where a range of values is disclosed, the skilled artisan will understand that all other specific values within the disclosed range are inherently disclosed by these values and the ranges they represent without the need to disclose each specific value or range herein. For example, a disclosed range of 1-10 includes 1-9, 1-5, 2-10, 3.1-6, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and so forth. In addition, each disclosed range includes up to 5% lower for the lower value of the range and up to 5% higher for the higher value of the range. For example, a disclosed range of 4-10 includes 3.8-10.5. This concept is captured in this document by the term “about”.
  • As used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a platelet” includes a plurality of such platelets. Furthermore, the use of terms that can be described using equivalent terms include the use of those equivalent terms. Thus, for example, the use of the term “subject” is to be understood to include the terms “patient”, “individual,” or “animal” and other terms used in the art to indicate one who is subject to a treatment.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms “treat,” “treating” and “treatment” contemplate an action that occurs while a subject is suffering from a disease, disorder, and/or condition (e.g., hemorrhage) which reduces the severity of the disease, disorder, and/or conditions or slows the progression of the disease, disorder, or condition (“therapeutic treatment”), and which can inhibit the disease, disorder, and/or condition (e.g., hemorrhage).
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a “therapeutically effective amount” of is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the disease, disorder and/or condition (e.g., hemorrhage) or to delay or minimize one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder, and/or condition. A therapeutically effective amount means an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the disease, disorder, and/or condition. The term “therapeutically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of the disease, disorder and/or condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
  • Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the term belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present disclosure, the preferred methods and materials are now described. All publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by reference to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in connection with which the publications are cited. The present disclosure is controlling to the extent it conflicts with any incorporated publication.
  • As used herein and in the appended claims, the term “platelet” can include whole platelets, fragmented platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes. “Platelets” within the above definition may include, for example, platelets in whole blood, platelets in plasma, platelets in buffer optionally supplemented with select plasma proteins, cold stored platelets, dried platelets, cryopreserved platelets, thawed cryopreserved platelets, rehydrated dried platelets, rehydrated cryopreserved platelets, lyopreserved platelets, thawed lyopreserved platelets, or rehydrated lyopreserved platelets. “Platelets” may be “platelets” of mammals, such as of humans, or such as of non-human mammals.
  • Thus, for example, reference to “anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets” may be inclusive of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets as well as anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes, unless the context clearly dictates a particular form.
  • As used herein, “thrombosomes” (sometimes also herein called “Tsomes” or “Ts”, particularly in the Examples and Figures) are platelet derivatives that have been treated with an incubating agent (e.g., any of the incubating agents described herein) and lyopreserved (e.g., freeze-dried to form thrombosomes). In some cases, thrombosomes can be prepared from pooled platelets. Thrombosomes can have a shelf life of 2-3 years in dry form at ambient temperature and can be rehydrated with sterile water within minutes for immediate infusion.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the incubating agent includes a carrier protein. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the buffer includes HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3), or a combination thereof. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the composition includes one or more saccharides. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the one or more saccharides includes trehalose. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the one or more saccharides includes polysucrose. In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the one or more saccharides includes dextrose.
  • As used herein and in the appended claims, the term “fresh platelet” includes platelets stored for less than approximately 24 hours.
  • As used herein and in the appended claims the term “stored platelet” includes platelets stored for approximately 24 hours or longer before use.
  • As used herein and in the appended claims the term “fixed platelet” includes platelets fixed with a formalin solution.
  • As used herein and in the appended claims the term “unloaded” includes platelets, platelet derivatives, and/or thrombosomes that are not loaded with an active agent, such as platelets, platelet derivatives, and/or thrombosomes that are not loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • In some embodiments, rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes adding to the platelets an aqueous liquid. In some embodiments, the aqueous liquid is water. In some embodiments, the aqueous liquid is an aqueous solution. In some embodiments, the aqueous liquid is a saline solution. In some embodiments, the aqueous liquid is a suspension.
  • In some embodiments, the rehydrated platelets have coagulation factor levels showing all individual factors (e.g., Factors VII, VIII and IX) associated with blood clotting at 40 international units (IU) or greater.
  • As used herein, “coagulopathy” is a bleeding disorder in which the blood's ability to coagulate (e.g., form clots) is impaired. This condition can cause a tendency toward prolonged or excessive bleed (e.g., diathesis). In some embodiments, a coagulopathy is a drug induced coagulopathy. In some embodiments, a coagulopathy is induced by an antiplatelet agent-induced coagulopathy. In some embodiments, a coagulopathy is induced by an anti-platelet agent.
  • Accordingly, also provided herein are methods and compositions that are suitable for treating drug-induced coagulopathy. Anticoagulant drugs, such as warfarin, heparin, and the novel oral anticoagulants (NOACs) class inhibit various plasma factors of the coagulation cascade, resulting in increased bleeding potential.
  • Anticoagulant drugs are common in the U.S. adult population and employ a wide variety of mechanisms to disable segments of the clotting cascade. Anticoagulants are used to treat a number of cardiac or thromboembolic events. For example, warfarin (e.g., COUMADIN®) is approved for the prophylaxis and treatment of venous thrombosis and its extension, pulmonary embolism; the prophylaxis and treatment of thromboembolic complications associated with atrial fibrillation and/or cardiac valve replacement; the reduction in the risk of death, recurrent myocardial infarction, and thromboembolic events such as stroke or systemic embolization after myocardial infarction (see, e.g., Prescribing Information for warfarin (COUMADIN®)). As another example, heparin is approved for the treatment of thrombophlebitis, phlebothrombosis, and cerebral, coronary, and retinal vessel thrombosis to prevent extension of clots and thromboembolic phenomena. It is also used prophylactically to prevent the occurrence of thromboembolism, and to prevent clotting during dialysis and surgical procedures, particularly vascular surgery. Other drugs that have anticoagulant properties can include agents that inhibit factor IIa (thrombin) (also called anti-IIa agents, thrombin inhibitors, or direct thrombin inhibitors, depending on the mechanism of action), including dabigatran (e.g., PRADAXA®), argatroban, and hirudin; and agents that inhibit factor Xa, including rivaroxaban (e.g., XARELTO®), apixaban (e.g., ELIQUIS®), edoxaban (e.g., SAVAYSA®), and fondaparinux (e.g., ARIXTRA®). Traditional anticoagulants can include warfarin (e.g., COUMADIN®) and heparin/LMWH (low molecular weight heparins). Additional anticoagulants include heparainoids, factor IX inhibitors, Factor XI inhibitors, Factor VIIa inhibitors, and Tissue Factor inhibitors.
  • As used herein, an “anticoagulant” is an antithrombotic that does not include antiplatelet agents. Examples of antiplatelet agents include aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel (e.g., PLAVIX®), prasugrel eptifibatide (e.g., INTEGRILIN®), tirofiban (e.g., AGGRASTAT®), and abciximab (e.g., REOPRO®). Typically, agents that inhibit P2Y receptors (e.g., P2Y12), glycoprotein IIb/IIIa, or that antagonize thromboxane synthase or thromboxane receptors, are considered to be antiplatelet agents. Other mechanisms of antiplatelet agents are known. As used herein, aspirin is considered to be an antiplatelet agent but not an anticoagulant.
  • Agents that inhibit Factor IIa, VIIa, IX, Xa, XI, Tissue Factor, or vitamin K-dependent synthesis of clotting factors (e.g., Factor II, VII, IX, or X) or that activate antithrombin (e.g., antithrombin III) are anticoagulants for the purpose of the present disclosure. Other mechanisms of anticoagulants are known. Non-limiting examples of anticoagulants include dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, and low molecular weight heparins (e.g., dalteparin, enoxaparin, tinzaparin, ardeparin, nadroparin, reveparin, danaparoid). Additional non-limiting examples of anticoagulants include tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, and fluindione. In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, and fluindione.
  • Overcoming the effect of an anticoagulant varies according to the anticoagulant drug pharmacological action. In the case of advanced notice, as in a pre-planned surgery, the anti-coagulant dose can sometimes be tailored back before the surgery; however, there may be cases where such a reduction in dose is not advisable. In the case where an anti-coagulant need reversing quickly (e.g., for emergency surgery), reversal agents are typically slow acting, expensive, or carry significant risk to the patient.
  • Warfarin (e.g., COUMADIN®)—Warfarin works to prevent the activity of vitamin K in the liver which is a necessary co-factor to produce multiple coagulation factors. Warfarin reversal can sometimes be done be by dosing vitamin K or prothrombin complex concentrate (PCC). Vitamin K is low-cost and slow acting (more than 24 hrs PO) but can pose significant risk of inducing thrombosis in the patient, while PCC is expensive at roughly $5000/dose.
  • Dabigatran (e.g., PRADAXA®)—Dabigatran is a direct inhibitor of thrombin. The monoclonal antibody therapy idarucizumab (e.g., PRAXBIND®, Boehringer-Ingelheim, Germany) at dose of 5 grams (at two dose intervals each 2.5 grams) can typically reverse the effects of dabigatran within a few minutes. One wholesale price is $3482.50 for such a treatment.
  • Rivaroxaban (e.g., XARELTO®)—Rivaroxaban is a direct Factor Xa inhibitor. Rivaroxaban is reversed by Andexanet Alfa (e.g., ANDEXXA®), a recombinant Factor Xa decoy. This treatment can cost roughly $50,000 for a high-dose treatment.
  • Apixaban (e.g., ELIQUIS®)—Apixaban is a direct Factor Xa inhibitor. Apixaban is reversed by Andexanet Alfa, a recombinant Factor Xa decoy. This treatment costs roughly can cost $50,000 for a high-dose treatment.
  • Edoxaban (e.g., SAVAYSA®, LIXIANA®)—Edoxaban is a direct Factor Xa inhibitor. Exoxaban does not have an approved reversal agent. Ciraparantag (aripazine) and Andexanet Alfa have not been clinically proven to be appropriate.
  • Heparin and low molecular weight heparins are activators of antithrombin III (AT). AT inactivates proteases such as thrombin and Factor Xa. Protamine sulfate is a highly positively-charged polypeptide that binds to the negatively charged heparin and prevents its action on AT. Protamine sulfate is typically dosed at about 1.0 to about 1.5 mg/100 IU of active heparin.
  • Platelet-derived products (e.g., thrombosomes, cryo-preserved platelets are not currently used as a treatment method for anticoagulant drugs. In some embodiments, platelet derived products, including anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets and anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes (e.g., freeze-dried platelets) are used to as a treatment method for anticoagulant drugs.
  • Treatments for anticoagulant drugs are not necessarily targeted antidotes. Some novel anticoagulant treatments, such as Andexanet Alfa (e.g., ANDEXXA®), have seen some success, yet can be expensive. As such, emergency treatments (pre-op, trauma, and the like) are typically blanket precautions to avoid or mitigate hemorrhage. Non-limiting examples include infusion of plasma, red blood cells, and anti-fibrinolytics. Products and methods are described herein for controlling bleeding and improving healing. The products and methods described herein can also be used to counteract the activity of an anticoagulant.
  • Products and methods are described herein for controlling bleeding and improving healing. The products and methods described herein can also be used to counteract the activity of an anticoagulant (e.g., warfarin (e.g., COUMADIN®), heparin, LMWH, dabigatran (e.g., PRADAXA®), argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban (e.g., XARELTO®), apixaban (e.g., ELIQUIS®), edoxaban (e.g., SAVAYSA®), fondaparinux (e.g., ARIXTRA®). The products and methods described herein are directed toward embodiments that aid in the closure and healing of wounds.
  • In certain embodiments, a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives may be delivered to a wound on the surface of or in the interior of a patient. In various embodiments, a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives can be applied in selected forms including, but not limited to, adhesive bandages, compression bandages, liquid solutions, aerosols, matrix compositions, and coated sutures or other medical closures. In some embodiments, a platelet derivative may be administered to all or only a portion of an affected area on the surface of a patient. In other embodiments, a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives may be administered systemically, for example via the blood stream. In embodiments, an application of the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivative can produce hemostatic effects for 2 or 3 days, preferably 5 to 10 days, or most preferably for up to 14 days.
  • As used herein, an “antiplatelet agent” is an antithrombotic and does not include anticoagulants. Examples of antiplatelet agents include aspirin (also called acetylsalicylic acid or ASA), cangrelor (e.g., KENGREAL®), ticagrelor (e.g., BRILINTA®), clopidogrel (e.g., PLAVIX®), prasugrel (e.g., EFFIENT®), eptifibatide (e.g., INTEGRILIN®), tirofiban (e.g., AGGRASTAT®), and abciximab (e.g., REOPRO®). For the purpose of this disclosure, antiplatelet agents include agents that inhibit P2Y receptors (e.g., P2Y12), glycoprotein IIb/IIIa, or that antagonize thromboxane synthase or thromboxane receptors. Non-limiting examples of thromboxane A2 antagonists are aspirin, terutroban, and picotamide. Non-limiting examples of P2Y receptor antagonists include cangrelor, ticagrelor, elinogrel, clopidogrel, prasugrel, and ticlopidine. Non-limiting examples of glycoprotein IIb/IIIa include abciximab, eptifibatide, and tirofiban. NSAIDS (e.g., ibuprofen) are also considered to be antiplatelet agents for the purposes of this disclosure. Other mechanisms of anti-platelet agents are known. Antiplatelet agents also include PARI antagonists, PAR4 antagonists GPVI antagonists and alpha2beta1 collagen receptor antagonists. Non-limiting examples of PAR-1 antagonists include vorapaxar and atopaxar. As used herein, aspirin is considered to be an antiplatelet agent but not an anticoagulant. Additional non-limiting examples of antiplatelet agents include cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, and sarpogrelate.
  • In some embodiments, an antiplatelet agent can be selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, an antiplatelet agent can be selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, an antiplatelet agent can be selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, sarpogrelate and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent can include multiple antiplatelet agents, such as 2 (or more) of any of the antiplatelet agents described herein. In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent can be aspirin and clopidogrel.
  • Cangrelor like clopidogrel, ticagrelor, and prasugrel, blocks the P2Y12 (ADP) receptor on platelets. Cangrelor can in some cases be used as a representative of this class of drug. Cangrelor, unlike clopidogrel and prasugrel, does not need hepatic metabolism to become biologically active.
  • Eptifibatide is a peptide therapeutic that blocks the fibrin binding role of GPIIb-IIIa receptor on platelets. The drug is typically administered via IV as a 180 μg/kg bolus followed by 2 μg/kg/min continuous infusion. The blood concentration of eptifibatide is typically about 1-2 μM. Bleeding times generally return to normal within about 1 hour of drug stoppage.
  • Aspirin is an irreversible cylcooxygenase (COX) inhibitor. The COX enzyme in platelets is responsible for synthesis of thromboxane A2, prostaglandin E2 and prostacyclin (PGI2). Aspirin permanently inactivates the COX enzyme within platelets, and since platelets do not have the nuclear material to synthesize new enzyme, new platelets must be produced to overcome the aspirin effect. Without thromboxane A2, prostaglandin E2, and prostacyclin (PGI2) platelets are limited in their pro-aggregation activity. Many people are maintained on a low dose of aspirin to prevent unwanted clotting events. Aspirin bioavailability largely varies with administration route, with a single 500 mg dose IV at peaks of 500 μM and the same dose orally at 44 μM.
  • The antiplatelet class of drugs is widely used to prevent unwanted clotting episodes that lead to heart failure, stroke, and the like. In many cases, an antiplatelet drug may need to be reversed or stopped. In the case of advanced notice, as in a pre-planned surgery situation, the antiplatelet drug dose can sometimes be stopped before the surgery, preventing unwanted bleeding during surgery. In the case where an antiplatelet agent needs reversing quickly, reversal agents are typically not readily available, are expensive, or carry significant risk to the patient. In the case of need for rapid antiplatelet reversal, a platelet transfusion is typically administered, though the response to this is often only partial reversal. The caveat of this course of reversal is that the newly-infused platelets themselves are susceptible to circulating drug antiplatelet activity whereas, in some embodiments, compositions as described herein (e.g., including thrombosomes) are not. In some embodiments, compositions as described herein (e.g., including thrombosomes) are an active reversal agent. In some embodiments, the hemostatic activity of compositions as described herein (e.g., including thrombosomes) does not succumb to antiplatelet drugs.
  • Some exemplary antiplatelet agents and potential methods of reversal are described below.
  • Acetylsalicylic acid (ASA; aspirin)—aspirin acts as a COX-1 blocker in platelets, which renders the platelet inactive by irreversibly inhibiting platelet-derived thromboxane formation. Clinically, aspirin is sometimes reversed by a platelet transfusion in emergency situations or by stopping treatment where surgery is scheduled in the future.
  • Clopidogrel (e.g., PLAVIX®)—clopidogrel acts as to prevent ADP from binding to its receptor on platelets. ADP binding leads to platelet shape change and aggregation. Clopidogrel is non-reversible. Clinically, clopidogrel is sometimes reversed by a platelet transfusion in emergency situations or by stopping treatment where surgery is scheduled in the future.
  • Cangrelor (e.g., KENGREAL®)—cangrelor acts to prevent ADP from binding to its receptor on platelets. ADP binding leads to platelet shape change and aggregation. Clopidogrel is reversible and platelet function is returned approximately 1 hour after stopping infusion. Clinically it is generally preferred when reversal is needed after a procedure.
  • Ticagrelor (e.g., BRILINTA®)—ticagrelor acts to prevent ADP from binding to its receptor and acts as an inverse agonist. Ticagrelor is reversible and platelet function can return after approximately 72 hours of the last dosage. Reversal of action of ticagrelor can be affected by the time after the last dose. If the last dose was longer than 24 hours previous, then platelet transfusion can sometimes be therapeutic to reverse the results.
  • Effient (e.g., PRASUGREL®)—Effient acts to prevent ADP from binding to its receptor and acts as a non-reversible antagonist. It being a non-reversible antagonist, new platelets must be formed to overcoming its effect. Clinically Effient is reversed by a platelet transfusion in emergency situations or by stopping treatment where surgery is scheduled in the future.
  • Eptifibatide (Integrilin)—Eptifibatide acts to block the GpIIb/IIIa and acts as a reversible antagonist. Clinically, Integrilin is reversed by a platelet transfusion in emergency situations or by stopping treatment where surgery is scheduled in the future.
  • Platelet-derived products are not currently used as a treatment method for anticoagulant/antiplatelet drugs, and there are no currently approved reversal agents for antiplatelet agents. As such, emergency treatments (pre-op, trauma, and the like) are typically blanket precautions to avoid or mitigate hemorrhage. Non-limiting examples include infusion of plasma, red blood cells, and anti-fibrinolytics. Platelet derivatives (e.g., lyopreserved platelets (thrombosomes)) may be an effective alternative or supplement to these general treatments.
  • Products and methods are described herein for controlling bleeding and improving healing. The products and methods described herein can also be used to counteract the activity of an antiplatelet agent (e.g., aspirin (also called acetylsalicylic acid or ASA), cangrelor (e.g., KENGREAL®), ticagrelor (e.g., BRILINTA®), clopidogrel (e.g., PLAVIX®), prasugrel (e.g., EFFIENT®), eptifibatide (e.g., INTEGRILIN®), tirofiban (e.g., AGGRASTAT®), or abciximab (e.g., REOPRO®)). The products and methods described herein are directed toward embodiments that can aid in the closure and healing of wounds.
  • Unless specified as loaded, platelets (e.g., freeze-dried (e.g., lyophilized) platelets), or platelet derivatives may or may not have not been loaded with a therapeutic agent (e.g., an anti-fibrinolytic). Thus, for example, the following: in some embodiments, platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets), lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) are used to treat a coagulopathy contemplates both the use of unloaded platelets, unloaded lyophilized platelets, or unloaded platelet derivatives and the use of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets, or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, or a combination thereof to treat a coagulopathy.
  • In some embodiments, the dried platelets, such as freeze-dried platelets, have less than about 10%, such as less than about 8%, such as less than about 6%, such as less than about 4%, such as less than about 2%, such as less than about 0.5% crosslinking of platelet membranes via proteins and/or lipids present on the membranes. In some embodiments, the dried platelets, such as freeze dried platelets, have less than about 10%, such as less than about 8%, such as less than about 6%, such as less than about 4%, such as less than about 2%, such as less than about 0.5% crosslinking of platelet membranes via proteins and/or lipids present on the membranes. In some embodiments, the rehydrated platelets, have less than about 10%, such as less than about 8%, such as less than about 6%, such as less than about 4%, such as less than about 2%, such as less than about 0.5% crosslinking of platelet membranes via proteins and/or lipids present on the membranes. In some embodiments, the rehydrated platelets, have between about 0.01% to about 5%, such as between about 0.1% to about 4%, such as between about 1% to between about 3%, such as between about 1% to about 2%, crosslinking of platelet membranes via proteins and/or lipids present on the membranes. In some embodiments, the rehydrated platelets, have at least about 1% to at least about 10, such as less than about 8%, such as less than about 6%, such as less than about 4%, such as less than about 2%, such as less than about 0.5% crosslinking of platelet membranes via proteins and/or lipids present on the membranes.
  • In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets and the dried platelets, such as freeze-dried platelets, having a particle size (e.g., diameter, max dimension) of at least about 0.2 μm (e.g., at least about 0.3 μm, at least about 0.4 μm, at least about 0.5 μm, at least about 0.6 μm, at least about 0.7 μm, at least about 0.8 μm, at least about 0.9 μm, at least about 1.0 μm, at least about 1.0 μm, at least about 1.5 μm, at least about 2.0 μm, at least about 2.5 μm, or at least about 5.0 μm). In some embodiments, the particle size is less than about 5.0 μm (e.g., less than about 2.5 μm, less than about 2.0 μm, less than about 1.5 μm, less than about 1.0 μm, less than about 0.9 μm, less than about 0.8 μm, less than about 0.7 μm, less than about 0.6 μm, less than about 0.5 μm, less than about 0.4 μm, or less than about 0.3 μm). In some embodiments, the particle size is from about 0.3 μm to about 5.0 μm (e.g., from about 0.4 μm to about 4.0 μm, from about 0.5 μm to about 2.5 μm, from about 0.6 μm to about 2.0 μm, from about 0.7 μm to about 1.0 μm, from about 0.5 μm to about 0.9 μm, or from about 0.6 μm to about 0.8 μm).
  • In some embodiments, at least 50% (e.g., at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 99%) of platelets and/or the dried platelets, such as freeze-dried platelets, have a particle size in the range of about 0.3 μm to about 5.0 μm (e.g., from about 0.4 μm to about 4.0 μm, from about 0.5 μm to about 2.5 μm, from about 0.6 μm to about 2.0 μm, from about 0.7 μm to about 1.0 μm, from about 0.5 μm to about 0.9 μm, or from about 0.6 μm to about 0.8 μm). In some embodiments, at most 99% (e.g., at most about 95%, at most about 80%, at most about 75%, at most about 70%, at most about 65%, at most about 60%, at most about 55%, or at most about 50%) of platelets and/or the dried platelets, such as freeze-dried platelets, are in the range of about 0.3 μm to about 5.0 μm (e.g., from about 0.4 μm to about 4.0 μm, from about 0.5 μm to about 2.5 μm, from about 0.6 μm to about 2.0 μm, from about 0.7 μm to about 1.0 μm, from about 0.5 μm to about 0.9 μm, or from about 0.6 μm to about 0.8 μm). In some embodiments, about 50% to about 99% (e.g., about 55% to about 95%, about 60% to about 90%, about 65% to about 85, about 70% to about 80%) of platelets and/or the dried platelets, such as freeze-dried platelets, are in the range of about 0.3 μm to about 5.0 μm (e.g., from about 0.4 μm to about 4.0 μm, from about 0.5 μm to about 2.5 μm, from about 0.6 μm to about 2.0 μm, from about 0.7 μm to about 1.0 μm, from about 0.5 μm to about 0.9 μm, or from about 0.6 μm to about 0.8 μm).
  • In some embodiments, (e.g., using unloaded platelets or platelet derivatives), the platelets or platelet derivatives are prepared consistent with the procedures described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,486,617 (such as, e.g., Examples 1-5) and U.S. Pat. No. 8,097,403 (such as, e.g., Examples 1-3).
  • Also provided herein are methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments, platelets are isolated prior to contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic.
  • Accordingly, in some embodiments, the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) isolating platelets, for example in a liquid medium; and step (b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic, and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally ethanol, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Accordingly, in some embodiments, the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) isolating platelets, for example in a liquid medium; step (b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition; and step (c) contacting the first composition with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • In some embodiments, suitable organic solvents include, but are not limited to alcohols, esters, ketones, ethers, halogenated solvents, hydrocarbons, nitriles, glycols, alkyl nitrates, water or mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, suitable organic solvents includes, but are not limited to methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, acetic acid, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, isopropyl ether (IPE), tert-butyl methyl ether, dioxane (e.g., 1,4-dioxane), acetonitrile, propionitrile, methylene chloride, chloroform, toluene, anisole, cyclohexane, hexane, heptane, ethylene glycol, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide, and combinations thereof.
  • Accordingly, in some embodiments, the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) isolating platelets, for example in a liquid medium; step (b) contacting the platelets with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form a first composition; and step (c) contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • In some embodiments, isolating platelets includes isolating platelets from blood.
  • In some embodiments, platelets are donor-derived platelets. In some embodiments, platelets are obtained by a process that includes an apheresis step. In some embodiments, platelets are fresh platelets. In some embodiments, platelets are stored platelets.
  • In some embodiments, platelets are derived in vitro. In some embodiments, platelets are derived or prepared in a culture prior to contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, preparing the platelets includes deriving or growing the platelets from a culture of megakaryocytes. In some embodiments, preparing the platelets includes deriving or growing the platelets (or megakaryocytes) from a culture of human pluripotent stem cells (PCSs), including embryonic stem cells (ESCs) and/or induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs).
  • Accordingly, in some embodiments, the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) preparing platelets; and step (b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Accordingly, in some embodiments, the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) preparing platelets; step (b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition; and step (c) contacting the first composition with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Accordingly, in some embodiments, the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets includes: step (a) preparing platelets; step (b) contacting the platelets with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form a first composition; and step (c) contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • In some embodiments, no solvent is used. Thus, in some embodiments, the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
      • a) isolating platelets, for example in a liquid medium;
        • and
      • b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, and a loading agent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets,
        • wherein the method does not comprise contacting the platelets with an organic solvent such as ethanol.
  • Thus, in some embodiments, the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
      • a) isolating platelets, for example in a liquid medium;
      • b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition; and
      • c) contacting the first composition with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, and a loading agent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets,
        • wherein the method does not comprise contacting the platelets with an organic solvent such as ethanol and the method does not comprise contacting the first composition with an organic solvent such as ethanol.
  • Thus, in some embodiments, the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
      • a) isolating platelets, for example in a liquid medium;
      • b) contacting the platelets with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, and a loading agent, to form a first composition; and
      • c) contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
        • wherein the method does not comprise contacting the platelets with an organic solvent such as ethanol and the method does not comprise contacting the first composition with an organic solvent such as ethanol.
  • In some embodiments, the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
      • a) preparing platelets;
        • and
      • b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, and a loading agent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets,
        • wherein the method does not comprise contacting the platelets with an organic solvent such as ethanol.
  • Thus, in some embodiments, the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
  • a) preparing platelets;
  • b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition; and
  • c) contacting the first composition with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, and a loading agent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets,
      • wherein the method does not comprise contacting the platelets with an organic solvent such as ethanol and the method does not comprise contacting the first composition with an organic solvent such as ethanol.
  • Thus, in some embodiments, the method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprises:
      • a) preparing platelets;
      • b) contacting the platelets with a buffer comprising a salt, a base, and a loading agent, to form a first composition; and
      • c) contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
      • wherein the method does not comprise contacting the platelets with an organic solvent such as ethanol and the method does not comprise contacting the first composition with an organic solvent such as ethanol.
  • In some embodiments, the loading agent is a saccharide. In some embodiments, the saccharide is a monosaccharide. In some embodiments, the saccharide is a disaccharide. In some embodiments, the saccharide is a non-reducing disaccharide. In some embodiments, the saccharide is sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose (e.g., dextrose), mannose, or xylose. In some embodiments, the loading agent is a starch. In some embodiments, a loading agent is a cryoprotectant. In some embodiments, (e.g., for platelets or platelet derivatives not loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic agent), a “loading agent” can be used in the preparation of the platelets or platelet derivatives, for example, as part of an incubating agent.
  • As used herein, the term “anti-fibrinolytic,” “anti-fibrinolytics,” or “anti-fibrinolytic compound,” is any compound capable of inhibiting fibrinolysis. Fibrinolysis is the process where the activated plasminogen removes excess fibrin and promotes fibrin clot formation and wound healing (Szekely, A. and Lex, D. J., Antifibrinolytics, Heart Lung Vessel, 6(1): 5-7, (2014), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Inhibiting fibrinolysis can be useful under certain conditions. For example, in the case of traumatic bleeding events and/or hemorrhage, inhibiting fibrinolysis can enhance the formation of blood clots (e.g., stopping bleeding).
  • In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic can be ε-aminocaproic acid. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic can be tranexamic acid. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic can be aprotinin. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic can be aminomethylbenzoic acid. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic can be fibrinogen. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic can be a combination of two or more anti-fibrinolytics.
  • In some embodiments, an anti-fibrinolytic (e.g., EACA) loaded into platelets is modified to include an imaging agent. For example, an anti-fibrinolytic can be modified with an imaging agent in order to image the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet in vivo. In some embodiments, an anti-fibrinolytic can be modified with two or more imaging agents (e.g., any two or more of the imaging agents described herein). In some embodiments, an anti-fibrinolytic loaded into platelets is modified with a radioactive metal ion, a paramagnetic metal ion, a gamma-emitting radioactive halogen, a positron-emitting radioactive non-metal, a hyperpolarized NMR-active nucleus, a reporter suitable for in vivo optical imaging, or a beta-emitter suitable for intravascular detection. For example, a radioactive metal ion can include, but is not limited to, positron emitters such as 54Cu, 48V, 52Fe, 55Co, 94Tc or 68Ga; or gamma-emitters such as 171Tc, 111In, 113In, or 67Ga. For example, a paramagnetic metal ion can include, but is not limited to Gd(III), a Mn(II), a Cu(II), a Cr(III), a Fe(III), a Co(II), a Er(II), a Ni(II), a Eu(III) or a Dy(III), an element comprising an Fe element, a neodymium iron oxide (NdFeO3) or a dysprosium iron oxide (DyFeO3). For example, a paramagnetic metal ion can be chelated to a polypeptide or a monocrystalline nanoparticle. For example, a gamma-emitting radioactive halogen can include, but is not limited to 123I, 131I or 77Br. For example, a positron-emitting radioactive non-metal can include, but is not limited to 11C, 13N, 15O, 17F, 18F, 75Br, 76Br or 124I. For example, a hyperpolarized NMR-active nucleus can include, but is not limited to 13C, 15N, 19F, 29Si and 31P. For example, a reporter suitable for in vivo optical imaging can include, but is not limited to any moiety capable of detection either directly or indirectly in an optical imaging procedure. For example, the reporter suitable for in vivo optical imaging can be a light scatterer (e.g., a colored or uncolored particle), a light absorber or a light emitter. For example, the reporter can be any reporter that interacts with light in the electromagnetic spectrum with wavelengths from the ultraviolet to the near infrared. For example, organic chromophoric and fluorophoric reporters include groups having an extensive delocalized electron system, e.g. cyanines, merocyanines, indocyanines, phthalocyanines, naphthalocyanines, triphenylmethines, porphyrins, pyrilium dyes, thiapyrilium dyes, squarylium dyes, croconium dyes, azulenium dyes, indoanilines, benzophenoxazinium dyes, benzothiaphenothiazinium dyes, anthraquinones, napthoquinones, indathrenes, phthaloylacridones, trisphenoquinones, azo dyes, intramolecular and intermolecular charge-transfer dyes and dye complexes, tropones, tetrazines, b/s(dithiolene) complexes, bts(benzene-dithiolate) complexes, iodoaniline dyes, b/stS.O-dithiolene) complexes. For example, the reporter can be, but is not limited to a fluorescent, a bioluminescent, or chemiluminescent polypeptide. For example, a fluorescent or chemiluminescent polypeptide is a green florescent protein (GFP), a modified GFP to have different absorption/emission properties, a luciferase, an aequorin, an obelin, a mnemiopsin, a berovin, or a phenanthridinium ester. For example, a reporter can be, but is not limited to rare earth metals (e.g., europium, samarium, terbium, or dysprosium), or fluorescent nanocrystals (e.g., quantum dots). For example, a reporter may be a chromophore that can include, but is not limited to fluorescein, sulforhodamine 101 (Texas Red), rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, rhodamine 19, indocyanine green, Cy2, Cy3, Cy3.5, Cy5, Cy5.5, Cy7, Marina Blue, Pacific Blue, Oregon Green 88, Oregon Green 514, tetramethylrhodamine, and Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 430, Alexa Fluor 532, Alexa Fluor 546, Alexa Fluor 555, Alexa Fluor 568, Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 647, Alexa Fluor 660, Alexa Fluor 680, Alexa Fluor 700, and Alexa Fluor 750. For example, a beta-emitter can include, but is not limited to radio metals 67Cu, 89Sr, 90Y, 153Sm, 185Re, 188Re or 192Ir, and non-metals 32P, 33P, 38S, 38Cl, 39Cl, 82Br and 83Br. In some embodiments, an anti-fibrinolytic loaded into platelets can be associated with gold or other equivalent metal particles (such as nanoparticles). For example, a metal particle system can include, but is not limited to gold nanoparticles (e.g., Nanogold™).
  • In some embodiments, an anti-fibrinolytic loaded into platelets that is modified with an imaging agent is imaged using an imaging unit. The imaging unit can be configured to image the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets in vivo based on an expected property (e.g., optical property from the imaging agent) to be characterized. For example, imaging techniques (in vivo imaging using an imaging unit) that can be used, but are not limited to are: computer assisted tomography (CAT), magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), positron emission tomography (PET), single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT), or bioluminescence imaging (BLI). Chen, Z., et al., Advance of Molecular Imaging Technology and Targeted Imaging Agent in Imaging and Therapy, Biomed Res Int., 819324, doi: 10.1155/2014/819324 (2014) have described various imaging techniques and which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • For example, a modified anti-fibrinolytic can be modified such that the modifying group interacts with the anti-fibrinolytic. In a non-limiting way a modifying agent such as dansyl chloride can interact with the anti-fibrinolytic. Dansyl chloride can interact with primary amino groups in aliphatic and aromatic amines and can produce blue or blue-green sulfonamide adducts. In some embodiments, dansyl chloride can interact with EACA to generate a modified anti-fibrinolytic (e.g., dansyl-EACA).
  • In some embodiments, such as embodiments wherein the platelets are treated with the an anti-fibrinolytic (e.g., EACA) and the buffer sequentially as disclosed herein, the anti-fibrinolytic can be loaded in a liquid medium that can be modified to change the proportion of media components or to exchange components for similar products, or to add components necessary for a given application.
  • In some embodiments, the loading buffer and/or the liquid medium include one or more of a) water or a saline solution, b) one or more additional salts, or c) a base. In some embodiments, the loading buffer, and/or the liquid medium, may include one or more of a) DMSO, b) one or more salts, or c) a base.
  • In some embodiments, the loading agent is loaded into the platelets in the presence of an aqueous medium. In some embodiments, the loading agent is loaded in the presence of a medium comprising DMSO. As an example, one embodiment of the methods herein includes contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with an aqueous loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. As an example, one embodiment of the methods herein includes contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising DMSO and comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally ethanol, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • In some embodiments, the loading buffer and/or the liquid medium, include one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and any other salt that can be found in blood or blood products, or that is known to be useful in drying platelets, or any combination of two or more of these.
  • Preferably, these salts are present in the composition at an amount that is about the same as is found in whole blood.
  • In some embodiments, the loading buffer and/or liquid medium further comprises a carrier protein. In some embodiments, the carrier protein comprises human serum albumin, bovine serum albumin, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the carrier protein is present in an amount of about 0.05% to about 1.0% (w/v).
  • In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by incubating the platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic in the liquid medium for different durations at or at different temperatures from about 15-45° C., or about 37° C. The step of incubating the platelets to load one or more anti-fibrinolytic compounds includes incubating the platelets for a time suitable for loading, as long as the time, taken in conjunction with the temperature, is sufficient for the anti-fibrinolytic to come into contact with the platelets and, preferably, be incorporated, at least to some extent, into the platelets. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by incubating the platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic in the liquid medium at a temperature from about 18-42° C., about 20-40° C., about 22-37° C., or about 16° C., about 18° C., about 20° C., about 22° C., about 24° C., about 26° C., about 28° C., about 30° C., about 32° C., about 34° C., about 36° C., about 37° C., about 39° C., about 41° C., about 43° C., or about 45° C. for at least about 5 minutes (mins) (e.g., at least about 20 mins, about 30 mins, about 1 hour (hr), about 2 hrs, about 3 hrs, about 4 hrs, about 5 hrs, about 6 hrs, about 7 hrs, about 8 hrs, about 9 hrs, about 10 hrs, about 12 hrs, about 16 hrs, about 20 hrs, about 24 hrs, about 30 hrs, about 36 hrs, about 42 hrs, about 48 hrs, or at least about 48 hrs. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by incubating the platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic in the liquid medium at a temperature from about 18-42° C., about 20-40° C., about 22-37° C., or about 16° C., about 18° C., about 20° C., about 22° C., about 24° C., about 26° C., about 28° C., about 30° C., about 32° C., about 34° C., about 36° C., about 37° C., about 39° C., about 41° C., about 43° C., or about 45° C. for no more than about 48 hrs (e.g., no more than about 20 mins, about 30 mins, about 1 hour (hr), about 2 hrs, about 3 hrs, about 4 hrs, about 5 hrs, about 6 hrs, about 7 hrs, about 8 hrs, about 9 hrs, about 10 hrs, about 12 hrs, about 16 hrs, about 20 hrs, about 24 hrs, about 30 hrs, about 36 hrs, or no more than about 42 hrs). In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by incubating the platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic in the liquid medium from about 10 mins to about 48 hours (e.g., from about 20 mins to about 36 hrs, from about 30 mins to about 24 hrs, from about 1 hr to about 20 hrs, from about 2 hrs to about 16 hours, from about 10 mins to about 24 hours, from about 20 mins to about 12 hours, from about 30 mins to about 10 hrs, or from about 1 hr to about 6 hrs.
  • In one embodiment, contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic includes contacting the platelets with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent for a period of time, such as a period of 1 minute to 48 hours, such as 2 hours.
  • In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 1,000 platelets/μl to about 10,000,000 platelets/μl. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 50,000 platelets/μl to about 4,000,000 platelets/μl. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 100,000 platelets/μl to about 300,000,000 platelets/μl. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 1,000,000 to about 2,000,000. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration of about 200,000,000 platelets/μl.
  • In some embodiments of the methods of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets disclosed herein, the methods further include acidifying the platelets, or pooled platelets, to a pH of about 6.0 to about 7.4, prior to a contacting step disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the methods include acidifying the platelets to a pH of about 6.5 to about 6.9. In some embodiments, the methods include acidifying the platelets to a pH of about 6.6 to about 6.8. In some embodiments, the acidifying includes adding to the pooled platelets a solution comprising Acid Citrate Dextrose.
  • In some embodiments, the platelets are isolated prior to a contacting step. In some embodiments, the methods further include isolating platelets by using centrifugation. In some embodiments, the centrifugation occurs at a relative centrifugal force (RCF) of about 800 g to about 2000 g. In some embodiments, the centrifugation occurs at relative centrifugal force (RCF) of about 1300 g to about 1800 g. In some embodiments, the centrifugation occurs at relative centrifugal force (RCF) of about 1500 g. In some embodiments, the centrifugation occurs for about 1 minute to about 60 minutes. In some embodiments, the centrifugation occurs for about 10 minutes to about 30 minutes. In some embodiments, the centrifugation occurs for about 20 minutes.
  • In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 1,000 platelets/μl to about 10,000,000 platelets/μl. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 50,000 platelets/μl to about 4,000,000 platelets/μl. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 100,000 platelets/μl to about 300,000,000 platelets/μl. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration from about 1,000,000 to about 2,000,000. In some embodiments, the platelets are at a concentration of about 2,000,000 platelets/μl.
  • In some embodiments, the buffer is a loading buffer comprising the components as listed in Table 1 herein. In some embodiments, a loading buffer is an incubating agent. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes one or more salts, such as phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and any other salt that can be found in blood or blood products. Exemplary salts include sodium chloride (NaCl), potassium chloride (KCl), and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes from about 0.5 mM to about 100 mM of the one or more salts. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes from about 1 mM to about 100 mM (e.g., about 2 mM to about 90 mM, about 2 mM to about 6 mM, about 50 mM to about 100 mM, about 60 mM to about 90 mM, about 70 to about 85 mM) about of the one or more salts. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes about 5 mM, about 75 mM, or about 80 mM of the one or more salts.
  • In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes one or more buffers, e.g., N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N′-2-ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES), and/or sodium-bicarbonate (NaHCO3). In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes from about 5 to about 100 mM of the one or more buffers. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes from about 5 to about 50 mM (e.g., from about 5 mM to about 40 mM, from about 8 mM to about 30 mM, about 10 mM to about 25 mM) about of the one or more buffers. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes about 10 mM, about 20 mM, about 25 mM, or about 30 mM of the one or more buffers.
  • In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes one or more saccharides, such as monosaccharides and disaccharides, including sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose, mannose, dextrose, and xylose. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes from about 10 mM to about 1,000 mM of the one or more saccharides. In some embodiments, the loading buffer includes from about 50 to about 500 mM of the one or more saccharides. In embodiments, one or more saccharides is present in an amount of from 10 mM 10 to 500 mM. In some embodiments, one or more saccharides is present in an amount of from 50 mM to 200 mM. In embodiments, one or more saccharides is present in an amount from 100 mM to 150 mM.
  • In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic includes one anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic includes two or more anti-fibrinolytics.
  • In some embodiments, the methods further include incubating the anti-fibrinolytic (e.g., EACA) in the presence of the loading buffer prior to the treatment step. In some embodiments, the methods further include incubating the loading buffer and a solution comprising the anti-fibrinolytic and water at about 37° C. using different incubation periods. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 1 μM to about 100 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 10 μM to about 10 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 100 μM to about 100 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 200 μM to about 1 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 300 μM to about 900 μM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 400 μM to about 800 μM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 500 μM to about 700 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 600 μM. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.1 mM to about 1.0 M of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 1.0 mM to about 900 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 10 mM to about 800 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 50 mM to about 700 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 100 mM to about 600 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 150 mM to about 500 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 200 mM to about 400 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 250 mM to about 300 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.2 mM to about 9 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.3 mM to about 8 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.4 mM to about 7 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.5 mM to about 6 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.6 mM to about 5 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.7 mM to about 4 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.8 mM to about 3 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 0.9 mM to about 2 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 1 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 10 mM to about 150 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 20 mM to about 125 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 30 mM to 100 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 40 mM to about 90 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 50 mM to 80 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 60 mM to 70 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 50 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, the solution includes a concentration of about 100 mM of the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • In some embodiments, the incubation of the anti-fibrinolytic in the presence of the loading buffer is performed from about 1 minute to about 4 hours. In some embodiments, the incubation is performed at an incubation period of from about 30 minutes to about 3 hours. In some embodiments, the incubation is performed at an incubation period of from about 1 hour to about 2 hours. In some embodiments, the incubation is performed at an incubation period of about 3 hours.
  • In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 1 μM to about 100 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 10 μM to about 100 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 100 μM to about 10 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 200 μM to about 1 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 300 μM to about 900 μM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 400 μm to about 800 μM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 500 μm to about 700 μM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is about 600 μM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 0.1 mM to about 100 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 1.0 mM to about 900 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 10 mM to about 800 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 50 mM to about 700 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 100 mM to about 600 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 150 mM to about 500 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 200 mM to about 400 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 250 mM to about 300 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 1 mM to 100 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 5 mM to about 95 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 10 mM to about 90 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 15 mM to about 85 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 20 mM to about 80 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 25 mM to about 75 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 30 mM to about 70 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 35 mM to about 65 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 40 mM to about 60 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 45 mM to about 55 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 10 mM to about 100 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 20 mM to 90 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 30 mM to about 80 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 40 mM to 70 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 50 mM to 60 mM. In some embodiments, the concentration of anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is about 50 mM. In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount can be any of the concentrations described herein.
  • In some embodiments, the methods further include drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments, the drying step includes freeze-drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments, the methods further include rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets obtained from the drying step.
  • In some embodiments, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by using any of the variety of methods provided herein.
  • In some embodiments, rehydrated anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are prepared by any one method comprising rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets provided herein.
  • The anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used, for example, in therapeutic applications as disclosed herein. As described herein, platelets can stop bleeding by aggregating at an injury site which can be further alleviated by anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat traumatic bleeding events, such as a hemorrhage. Hemorrhage occurs when blood escapes outside its containing vessel (e.g., artery, vein, capillary, etc.) In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat an external hemorrhage. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat an internal hemorrhage. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat an external and an internal hemorrhage. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a surgical hemorrhage. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a non-surgical hemorrhage. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a grade (e.g., category) 1 hemorrhage. For example, a grade 1 hemorrhage can include petechial bleeding. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a grade 2 hemorrhage. For example, a grade (e.g., category) 2 hemorrhage can include mild blood loss (e.g., a clinically significant amount of blood). In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a grade 3 hemorrhage. For example, a grade (e.g., category 3) hemorrhage can include gross blood loss and can require transfusion. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be used to treat a grade 4 hemorrhage. For example, a grade (e.g., category) 4 hemorrhage can include debilitating blood loss, retinal blood loss, and/or cerebral blood loss associated with a fatality.
  • Unloaded platelets can be used, for example, in therapeutic applications as disclosed herein. For example, unloaded platelets, unloaded platelet derivatives, and/or unloaded thrombosomes can be used to treat a condition such as a hemorrhage as described herein.
  • In some embodiments, treatment of a subject with platelets loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic compound provides an “r” time (time to clot) that is shorter than the “r” time for treatment of the subject with the same amount of the free anti-fibrinolytic compound, that is, the anti-fibrinolytic compound that is not loaded into the platelets.
  • In some embodiments, treatment of a subject with thrombosomes loaded with an anti-fibrinolytic compound provides an “r” time (time to clot) that is shorter than the “r” time for treatment of the subject with the same amount of the free anti-fibrinolytic compound, that is, the anti-fibrinolytic compound that is not loaded into the thrombosomes.
  • In some embodiments, platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets), lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) are used to treat a coagulopathy. In some embodiments, the coagulopathy is a drug-induced coagulopathy. In some embodiments, the coagulopathy occurs following administration of an antiplatelet agent. In some embodiments, the coagulopathy occurs following administration of an anticoagulant.
  • In some embodiments, a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives (any of which may be loaded to with anti-fibrinolytics) may be delivered to a wound on the surface of or in the interior of a patient. In some embodiments, a composition comprising platelets, lyophilized platelets, or platelet derivatives (any of which may be loaded to with anti-fibrinolytics) can be applied in selected forms including, but not limited to, adhesive bandages, compression bandages, liquid solutions, aerosols, matrix compositions, and coated sutures or other medical closures. In some embodiments, a platelet derivative (e.g. an anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivative) may be administered to all or only a portion of an affected area on the surface of a patient. In other embodiments, a composition comprising platelets such lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives (any of which may be loaded to with anti-fibrinolytics) may be administered systemically, for example via the blood stream. In some embodiments, an application of the platelet derivative (e.g. an anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivative) can produce hemostatic effects for 2 or 3 days, preferably 5 to 10 days, or most preferably for up to 14 days.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets (e.g. anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g. anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the coagulopathy is the result of an anticoagulant.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating coagulopathy in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating coagulopathy in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or anti-platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Compositions as described herein can also be administered to prepare a subject for surgery, in some cases. For some patients taking an anticoagulant, it may be difficult or impossible to reduce the dosage of the anticoagulant before surgery (e.g., in the case of trauma or other emergency surgery). For some patients taking an anticoagulant, it may be inadvisable to reduce the dosage of the anticoagulant before surgery (e.g., if the patient would be at risk of a thrombotic event (e.g., deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, or stroke) if the dosage of the anticoagulant were reduced over time.
  • Accordingly, some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments, a surgery can be an emergency surgery (e.g., in the case of trauma) or a scheduled surgery.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, treatment with an anticoagulant can be stopped (e.g., in preparation for surgery). In some embodiments, treatment with an anticoagulant can continue.
  • In some embodiments of any of the methods described herein, the subject may or may not be also treated with an anticoagulant reversal agent (e.g., idarucizumab, Andexanet Alfa, Ciraparantag (aripazine), protamine sulfate, vitamin K). In some embodiments, the subject is not also treated with an anticoagulant reversal agent. In some embodiments, the subject is also treated with an anticoagulant reversal agent. It will be understood that an anticoagulant reversal agent can be chosen based on the anticoagulant administered to the subject.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments, the effects of an anticoagulant may need to be ameliorated due to an incorrect dosage of an anticoagulant. For example, in some embodiments, the effects of an anticoagulant can be ameliorated following an overdose of the anticoagulant. In some cases, the effects of an anticoagulant may need to be ameliorated due to a potential for interaction with another drug (e.g., a second anticoagulant). For example, in some embodiments, the effects of an anticoagulant can be ameliorated following an erroneous dosing of two or more drugs, at least one of which is an anticoagulant. In some cases, the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of an anti-factor IIa agent such as dabigatran (e.g., PRADAXA®), argatroban, or hirudin; an anti-factor Xa agent such as rivaroxaban (e.g., XARELTO®), apixaban (e.g., ELIQUIS®), edoxaban (e.g., SAVAYSA®), or fondaparinux (e.g., ARIXTRA®); a traditional anticoagulant such as warfarin (e.g., COUMADIN®) and heparin/LMWH (low molecular weight heparins); supplements such as herbal supplements, and a combination thereof. Examples of supplements include garlic, coenzyme CoQ10, glucosamine, glucosamine-condroitin sulfate. A non-limiting example of an herbal supplement is garlic.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is dabigatran (e.g., PRADAXA®).
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is argatroban.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is hirudin.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is rivaroxaban (e.g., XARELTO®).
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is apixaban (e.g., ELIQUIS®).
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is edoxaban (e.g., SAVAYSA®).
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is fondaparinux (e.g., ARIXTRA®).
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is heparin or a low molecular weight heparin (LMWH).
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is warfarin (e.g., COUMADIN®).
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is tifacogin.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is Factor VIIai.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is SB249417.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen).
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is TTP889.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is idraparinux.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is idrabiotaparinux.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is SR23781A.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is apixaban.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is betrixaban.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is lepirudin.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is bivalirudin.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is ximelagatran.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is phenprocoumon.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is acenocoumarol.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant an indandione.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is fluindione.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is a supplement.
  • In some embodiments, the anticoagulant is an herbal supplement.
  • In some embodiments, rehydrating the composition (e.g., any of the compositions described herein) comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) comprises adding to the platelets an aqueous liquid. In some embodiments, the aqueous liquid is water. In some embodiments, the aqueous liquid is an aqueous solution (e.g., a buffer). In some embodiments, the aqueous liquid is a saline solution. In some embodiments, the aqueous liquid is a suspension.
  • In some embodiments, the rehydrated platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) have coagulation factor levels showing all individual factors (e.g., Factors VII, VIII and IX) associated with blood clotting at 40 international units (IU) or greater.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating coagulopathy in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets), lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets), or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives).
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating coagulopathy in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, wherein the subject has or has been treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition. Some embodiments provide a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Compositions as described herein can also be administered to prepare a subject for surgery, in some cases. For some patients taking an antiplatelet agent, it may be difficult or impossible to reduce the dosage of the antiplatelet agent before surgery (e.g., in the case of trauma or other emergency surgery). For some patients taking an antiplatelet agent, it may be inadvisable to reduce the dosage of the antiplatelet agent before surgery (e.g., if the patient would be at risk of a thrombotic event (e.g., deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, or stroke) if the dosage of the antiplatelet agent were reduced over time.
  • Accordingly, some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of preparing a subject for surgery, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some embodiments, a surgery can be an emergency surgery (e.g., in the case of trauma) or a scheduled surgery.
  • In some embodiments, treatment with an anticoagulant can be stopped (e.g., in preparation for surgery). In some embodiments, treatment with an anticoagulant can continue.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) and contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • In some cases, the effects of an antiplatelet agent may need to be ameliorated due to an incorrect dosage of an antiplatelet agent. For example, in some embodiments, the effects of an antiplatelet agent can be ameliorated following an overdose of the antiplatelet agent. In some cases, the effects of an antiplatelet agent may need to be ameliorated due to a potential for interaction with another drug (e.g., a second antiplatelet agent). For example, in some embodiments, the effects of an antiplatelet agent can be ameliorated following an erroneous dosing of two or more drugs, at least one of which is an antiplatelet agent. In some cases, the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin (also called acetylsalicylic acid or ASA); a P2Y12 inhibitor such as cangrelor (e.g., KENGREAL®), ticagrelor (e.g., BRILINTA®), clopidogrel (e.g., PLAVIX®), or prasugrel (e.g., EFFIENT®); a glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitor such as eptifibatide (e.g., INTEGRILIN®), tirofiban (e.g., AGGRASTAT®), or abciximab (e.g., REOPRO®)); supplements such as herbal supplements; or a combination of any thereof. Examples of supplements include ginger, ginseng, ginkgo, green tea, kava, saw palmetto, boldo (Peumus boldus), Danshen (Salvia miltiorrhiza), Dong quai (Angelica sinensis) papaya (Carica papaya), fish oil, and vitamin E. Examples of herbal supplements include ginger, ginseng, and ginkgo.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is aspirin.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is cangrelor (e.g., KENGREAL®).
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is ticagrelor (e.g., BRILINTA®).
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is clopidogrel (e.g., PLAVIX®).
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is prasugrel (e.g., EFFIENT®).
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is eptifibatide (e.g., INTEGRILIN®).
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is tirofiban (e.g., AGGRASTAT®).
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is abciximab (e.g., REOPRO®).
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is terutroban.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is picotamide.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is elinogrel.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is ticlopidine.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is ibuprofen.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is vorapaxar.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is atopaxar.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is cilostazol.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is prostaglandin E1.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is epoprostenol.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is dipyridamole.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is treprostinil sodium.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is sarpogrelate.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is a supplement.
  • In some embodiments, the antiplatelet agent is an herbal supplement.
  • Clotting parameters of blood (e.g., the subject's blood) can be assessed at any appropriate time during the methods described herein. For example, one or more clotting parameters of blood can be assessed before administration of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) such as lyophilized platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded lyophilized platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) as described herein, e.g., in order to determine the need for administration of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) as described herein. As another example, one or more clotting parameters of blood can be assessed after administration of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) as described herein, e.g., in order to determine the effectiveness of the administered composition, to determine whether additional administration of the composition is warranted, or to determine whether it is safe to perform a surgical procedure.
  • Accordingly, any of the methods described herein can include steps of assessing one or more clotting parameters of blood before administration of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) as described herein, assessing one or more clotting parameters of blood after administration of a composition comprising platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets) or platelet derivatives (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives) as described herein, or both.
  • Any appropriate method can be used to assess clotting parameters of blood. Non-limiting examples of methods include the prothrombin time assay, international normalized ratio (INR), thrombin generation (TGA; which can be used to generate parameters such as, e.g., peak thrombin, endogenous thrombin potential (ETP), and lag time), thromboeleastography (TEG), activated clotting time (ACT), and partial thromboplastin time (PTT or aPTT).
  • INR is a standard method of determining dosing, see equation below, where “PT(x)” is the result of the prothrombin time assay, while the ISI constant is dependent on the manufacturer of the Tissue Factor used in the prothrombin time assay.

  • INR=((PT(patient))/(PT(normal))){circumflex over ( )}(ISI constant)
  • Warfarin inhibits the synthesis of four major plasma proteins that are integral to healthy clot formation. A therapeutic maintenance dose of warfarin is typically targeted to an INR of about 2.0 to about 3.0. Thrombosomes present a unique treatment to restore hemostasis in the presence of warfarin-type drugs. Warfarin dose can be expressed by INR, a ratio that increases with the amount of warfarin (1 is a normal value).
  • In some embodiments, a subject has an INR of more than 2.0 (e.g., at least 2.2, at least 2.4, at least 2.5, at least 2.6, at least 2.8, at least 3.0, at least 3.2, at least 3.4, at least 3.5, at least 3.6, at least 3.8, at least 4.0, at least 4.2, at least 4.4, at least 4.5, at least 4.6, at least 4.8, or at least 5.0) before administration of a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives as described herein. In some embodiments, a subject (e.g., a subject being treated with an anticoagulant, such as warfarin) has an INR of from 2.0 to 3.0, such as from 2.2 to 2.8, such as from 2.4 to 2.6, such as 2.5.
  • In some embodiments, a subject has a lower INR (or a normal INR) after administration of a composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives as described herein. For example, a subject can have an INR of 3.0 or less (e.g., less than 2.8, less than 2.6, less than 2.5, less than 2.4, less than 2.2, less than 2.0, less than 1.8, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.2, or less than 1.0) after administration of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives ad described herein.
  • Additionally or alternatively, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets can be employed in functional assays. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are cold stored, cryopreserved, or lyophilized (to produce thrombosomes) prior to use in therapy or in functional assays.
  • Any known technique for drying platelets can be used in accordance with the present disclosure, as long as the technique can achieve a final residual moisture content of less than 5%. Preferably, the technique achieves a final residual moisture content of less than 2%, such as 1%, 0.5%, or 0.1%. Non-limiting examples of suitable techniques are freeze-drying (lyophilization) and spray-drying. A suitable lyophilization method is presented in Table A. Additional exemplary lyophilization methods can be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,811,558, 8,486,617, and 8,097,403, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. An exemplary spray-drying method includes: combining nitrogen, as a drying gas, with a loading buffer according to the present disclosure, then introducing the mixture into GEA Mobile Minor spray dryer from GEA Processing Engineering, Inc. (Columbia Md., USA), which has a Two-Fluid Nozzle configuration, spray drying the mixture at an inlet temperature in the range of 150° C. to 190° C., an outlet temperature in the range of 65° C. to 100° C., an atomic rate in the range of 0.5 to 2.0 bars, an atomic rate in the range of 5 to 13 kg/hr, a nitrogen use in the range of 60 to 100 kg/hr, and a run time of 10 to 35 minutes. The final step in spray drying is preferentially collecting the dried mixture. The dried composition in some embodiments is stable for at least six months at temperatures that range from −20° C. or lower to 90° C. or higher.
  • TABLE A
    Exemplary Lyophilization Protocol
    Step Temp. Set Type Duration Pressure Set
    Freezing Step F1 −50° C. Ramp Var N/A
    F2 −50° C. Hold 3 Hrs N/A
    Vacuum Pulldown F3 −50° Hold Var N/A
    Primary Dry P1 −40° Hold 1.5 Hrs 0 mT
    P2 −35° Ramp 2 Hrs 0 mT
    P3 −25° Ramp 2 Hrs 0 mT
    P4 −17° C. Ramp 2 Hrs 0 mT
    P5
    C. Ramp 1.5 Hrs 0 mT
    P6 27° C. Ramp 1.5 Hrs 0 mT
    P7 27° C. Hold 16 Hrs 0 mT
    Secondary Dry S1 27° C. Hold >8 Hrs 0 mT
  • In some embodiments, the step of drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets that are obtained as disclosed herein, such as the step of freeze-drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets that are obtained as disclosed herein, includes incubating the platelets with a lyophilizing agent. In some embodiments, the lyophilizing agent is polysucrose. In some embodiments, the lyophilizing agent is a non-reducing disaccharide. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the methods for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets further include incubating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets with a lyophilizing agent. In some embodiments, the lyophilizing agent is a saccharide. In some embodiments, the saccharide is a disaccharide, such as a non-reducing disaccharide.
  • In some embodiments, the step of drying the platelets that are obtained as disclosed herein, such as the step of freeze-drying the platelets that are obtained as disclosed herein, includes incubating the platelets with a lyophilizing agent to generate thrombosomes. In some embodiments, the lyophilizing agent is polysucrose. In some embodiments, the lyophilizing agent is a non-reducing disaccharide. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the methods for preparing thrombosomes from platelets further include incubating the platelets with a lyophilizing agent. In some embodiments, the lyophilizing agent is a saccharide. In some embodiments, the saccharide is a disaccharide, such as a non-reducing disaccharide.
  • In some embodiments, the platelets are incubated with a lyophilizing agent for a sufficient amount of time and at a suitable temperature to load the platelets with the lyophilizing agent. Non-limiting examples of suitable lyophilizing agents are saccharides, such as monosaccharides and disaccharides, including sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose (e.g., dextrose), mannose, and xylose. In some embodiments, non-limiting examples of lyophilizing agent include serum albumin, dextran, polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP), starch, and hydroxyethyl starch (HES). In some embodiments, exemplary lyophilizing agents can include a high molecular weight polymer, into the loading composition. By “high molecular weight” it is meant a polymer having an average molecular weight of about or above 70 kDa. Non-limiting examples are polymers of sucrose and epichlorohydrin. In some embodiments, the lyophilizing agent is polysucrose. Although any amount of high molecular weight polymer can be used as a lyophilizing agent, it is preferred that an amount be used that achieves a final concentration of about 3% to 10% (w/v), such as 3% to 7%, for example 6%.
  • In some embodiments, the process for preparing a composition includes adding an organic solvent, such as ethanol, to the loading solution. In such a loading solution, the solvent can range from 0.1% to 5.0% (v/v).
  • Within the process provided herein for making the compositions provided herein, addition of the lyophilizing agent can be the last step prior to drying. However, in some embodiments, the lyophilizing agent is added at the same time or before the anti-fibrinolytic, the cryoprotectant, or other components of the loading composition. In some embodiments, the lyophilizing agent is added to the loading solution, thoroughly mixed to form a drying solution, dispensed into a drying vessel (e.g., a glass or plastic serum vial, a lyophilization bag), and subjected to conditions that allow for drying of the solution to form a dried composition.
  • An exemplary saccharide for use in the compositions disclosed herein is trehalose. Regardless of the identity of the saccharide, it can be present in the composition in any suitable amount. For example, it can be present in an amount of 1 mM to 1 M. In embodiments, it is present in an amount of from 10 mM 10 to 500 mM. In some embodiments, it is present in an amount of from 20 mM to 200 mM. In some embodiments, it is present in an amount from 40 mM to 100 mM. In various embodiments, the saccharide is present in different specific concentrations within the ranges recited above, and one of skill in the art can immediately understand the various concentrations without the need to specifically recite each herein. Where more than one saccharide is present in the composition, each saccharide can be present in an amount according to the ranges and particular concentrations recited above.
  • The step of incubating the platelets to load them with a cryoprotectant or as a lyophilizing agent includes incubating the platelets for a time suitable for loading, as long as the time, taken in conjunction with the temperature, is sufficient for the cryoprotectant or lyophilizing agent to come into contact with the platelets and, preferably, be incorporated, at least to some extent, into the platelets. In embodiments, incubation is carried out for about 1 minute to about 180 minutes or longer.
  • The step of incubating the platelets to load them with a cryoprotectant or lyophilizing agent includes incubating the platelets and the cryoprotectant at a temperature that, when selected in conjunction with the amount of time allotted for loading, is suitable for loading. In general, the composition is incubated at a temperature above freezing for at least a sufficient time for the cryoprotectant or lyophilizing agent to come into contact with the platelets. In embodiments, incubation is conducted at 37° C. In certain embodiments, incubation is performed at 20° C. to 42° C. For example, in embodiments, incubation is performed at 35° C. to 40° C. (e.g., 37° C.) for 110 to 130 (e.g., 120) minutes.
  • In various embodiments, the bag is a gas-permeable bag configured to allow gases to pass through at least a portion or all portions of the bag during the processing. The gas-permeable bag can allow for the exchange of gas within the interior of the bag with atmospheric gas present in the surrounding environment. The gas-permeable bag can be permeable to gases, such as oxygen, nitrogen, water, air, hydrogen, and carbon dioxide, allowing gas exchange to occur in the compositions provided herein. In some embodiments, the gas-permeable bag allows for the removal of some of the carbon dioxide present within an interior of the bag by allowing the carbon dioxide to permeate through its wall. In some embodiments, the release of carbon dioxide from the bag can be advantageous to maintaining a desired pH level of the composition contained within the bag.
  • In some embodiments, the container of the process herein is a gas-permeable container that is closed or sealed. In some embodiments, the container is a container that is closed or sealed and a portion of which is gas-permeable. In some embodiments, the surface area of a gas-permeable portion of a closed or sealed container (e.g., bag) relative to the volume of the product being contained in the container (hereinafter referred to as the “SA/V ratio”) can be adjusted to improve pH maintenance of the compositions provided herein. For example, in some embodiments, the SA/V ratio of the container can be at least about 2.0 cm2/mL (e.g., at least about 2.1 cm2/mL, at least about 2.2 cm2/mL, at least about 2.3 cm2/mL, at least about 2.4 cm2/mL, at least about 2.5 cm2/mL, at least about 2.6 cm2/mL, at least about 2.7 cm2/mL, at least about 2.8 cm2/mL, at least about 2.9 cm2/mL, at least about 3.0 cm2/mL, at least about 3.1 cm2/mL, at least about 3.2 cm2/mL, at least about 3.3 cm2/mL, at least about 3.4 cm2/mL, at least about 3.5 cm2/mL, at least about 3.6 cm2/mL, at least about 3.7 cm2/mL, at least about 3.8 cm2/mL, at least about 3.9 cm2/mL, at least about 4.0 cm2/mL, at least about 4.1 cm2/mL, at least about 4.2 cm2/mL, at least about 4.3 cm2/mL, at least about 4.4 cm2/mL, at least about 4.5 cm2/mL, at least about 4.6 cm2/mL, at least about 4.7 cm2/mL, at least about 4.8 cm2/mL, at least about 4.9 cm2/mL, or at least about 5.0 cm2/mL. In some embodiments, the SA/V ratio of the container can be at most about 10.0 cm2/mL (e.g., at most about 9.9 cm2/mL, at most about 9.8 cm2/mL, at most about 9.7 cm2/mL, at most about 9.6 cm2/mL, at most about 9.5 cm2/mL, at most about 9.4 cm2/mL, at most about 9.3 cm2/mL, at most about 9.2 cm2/mL, at most about 9.1 cm2/mL, at most about 9.0 cm2/mL, at most about 8.9 cm2/mL, at most about 8.8 cm2/mL, at most about 8.7 cm2/mL, at most about 8.6, cm2/mL at most about 8.5 cm2/mL, at most about 8.4 cm2/mL, at most about 8.3 cm2/mL, at most about 8.2 cm2/mL, at most about 8.1 cm2/mL, at most about 8.0 cm2/mL, at most about 7.9 cm2/mL, at most about 7.8 cm2/mL, at most about 7.7 cm2/mL, at most about 7.6 cm2/mL, at most about 7.5 cm2/mL, at most about 7.4 cm2/mL, at most about 7.3 cm2/mL, at most about 7.2 cm2/mL, at most about 7.1 cm2/mL, at most about 6.9 cm2/mL, at most about 6.8 cm2/mL, at most about 6.7 cm2/mL, at most about 6.6 cm2/mL, at most about 6.5 cm2/mL, at most about 6.4 cm2/mL, at most about 6.3 cm2/mL, at most about 6.2 cm2/mL, at most about 6.1 cm2/mL, at most about 6.0 cm2/mL, at most about 5.9 cm2/mL, at most about 5.8 cm2/mL, at most about 5.7 cm2/mL, at most about 5.6 cm2/mL, at most about 5.5 cm2/mL, at most about 5.4 cm2/mL, at most about 5.3 cm2/mL, at most about 5.2 cm2/mL, at most about 5.1 cm2/mL, at most about 5.0 cm2/mL, at most about 4.9 cm2/mL, at most about 4.8 cm2/mL, at most about 4.7 cm2/mL, at most about 4.6 cm2/mL, at most about 4.5 cm2/mL, at most about 4.4 cm2/mL, at most about 4.3 cm2/mL, at most about 4.2 cm2/mL, at most about 4.1 cm2/mL, or at most about 4.0 cm2/mL. In some embodiments, the SA/V ratio of the container can range from about 2.0 to about 10.0 cm2/mL (e.g., from about 2.1 cm2/mL to about 9.9 cm2/mL, from about 2.2 cm2/mL to about 9.8 cm2/mL, from about 2.3 cm2/mL to about 9.7 cm2/mL, from about 2.4 cm2/mL to about 9.6 cm2/mL, from about 2.5 cm2/mL to about 9.5 cm2/mL, from about 2.6 cm2/mL to about 9.4 cm2/mL, from about 2.7 cm2/mL to about 9.3 cm2/mL, from about 2.8 cm2/mL to about 9.2 cm2/mL, from about 2.9 cm2/mL to about 9.1 cm2/mL, from about 3.0 cm2/mL to about 9.0 cm2/mL, from about 3.1 cm2/mL to about 8.9 cm2/mL, from about 3.2 cm2/mL to about 8.8 cm2/mL, from about 3.3 cm2/mL to about 8.7 cm2/mL, from about 3.4 cm2/mL to about 8.6 cm2/mL, from about 3.5 cm2/mL to about 8.5 cm2/mL, from about 3.6 cm2/mL to about 8.4 cm2/mL, from about 3.7 cm2/mL to about 8.3 cm2/mL, from about 3.8 cm2/mL to about 8.2 cm2/mL, from about 3.9 cm2/mL to about 8.1 cm2/mL, from about 4.0 cm2/mL to about 8.0 cm2/mL, from about 4.1 cm2/mL to about 7.9 cm2/mL, from about 4.2 cm2/mL to about 7.8 cm2/mL, from about 4.3 cm2/mL to about 7.7 cm2/mL, from about 4.4 cm2/mL to about 7.6 cm2/mL, from about 4.5 cm2/mL to about 7.5 cm2/mL, from about 4.6 cm2/mL to about 7.4 cm2/mL, from about 4.7 cm2/mL to about 7.3 cm2/mL, from about 4.8 cm2/mL to about 7.2 cm2/mL, from about 4.9 cm2/mL to about 7.1 cm2/mL, from about 5.0 cm2/mL to about 6.9 cm2/mL, from about 5.1 cm2/mL to about 6.8 cm2/mL, from about 5.2 cm2/mL to about 6.7 cm2/mL, from about 5.3 cm2/mL to about 6.6 cm2/mL, from about 5.4 cm2/mL to about 6.5 cm2/mL, from about 5.5 cm2/mL to about 6.4 cm2/mL, from about 5.6 cm2/mL to about 6.3 cm2/mL, from about 5.7 cm2/mL to about 6.2 cm2/mL, or from about 5.8 cm2/mL to about 6.1 cm2/mL.
  • Gas-permeable closed containers (e.g., bags) or portions thereof can be made of one or more various gas-permeable materials. In some embodiments, the gas-permeable bag can be made of one or more polymers including fluoropolymers (such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and perfluoroalkoxy (PFA) polymers), polyolefins (such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE), high-density polyethylene (HDPE)), fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP), polystyrene, polyvinylchloride (PVC), silicone, and any combinations thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the lyophilizing agent as disclosed herein may be a high molecular weight polymer. By “high molecular weight” it is meant a polymer having an average molecular weight of about or above 70 kDa and up to 1,000,000 kDa. Non-limiting examples are polymers of sucrose and epichlorohydrin (polysucrose). Although any amount of high molecular weight polymer can be used, it is preferred that an amount be used that achieves a final concentration of about 3% to 10% (w/v), such as 3% to 7%, for example 6%. Other non-limiting examples of lyoprotectants are serum albumin, dextran, polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP), starch, and hydroxyethyl starch (HES). In some embodiments, a lyoprotectant is also a cryoprotectant. For example, albumin, polysucrose, and sucrose can also be used as a cryoprotectant.
  • In some embodiments, lyophilized platelets can be fixed (e.g., lyophilized fixed plates) in fixing agent. In some embodiments, lyophilized platelets can be fixed in formalin (e.g., lyophilized formalin-fixed platelets).
  • In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 1,000 k/μl to about 500,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 5,000 k/μl to about 450,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 10,000 k/μl to about 400,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 30,000 k/μl to about 300,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 40,000 k/μl to about 250,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 50,000 k/μl to about 225,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 60,000 k/μl to about 200,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 70,000 k/μl to about 175,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 80,000 k/μl to about 150,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 90,000 k/μl to about 125,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 100,000 k/μl to about 120,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 105,000 k/μl to about 115,000 k/μl. In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount of lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at any of the concentrations described herein).
  • In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 1×102 particles/kg to from about 1×1013 particles/kg. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 1×103 particles/kg to from about 1×1012 particles/kg. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 1×104 particles/kg to from about 1×1011 particles/kg. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 1×105 particles/kg to from about 1×1010 particles/kg. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 1×106 particles/kg to from about 1×109 particles/kg. In some embodiments, the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at a concentration from about 1×107 particles/kg to from about 1×108 particles/kg. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount of the lyophilized platelets (e.g., thrombosomes) can be at any of the concentrations described herein.
  • In some embodiments of the methods herein, any of the compositions described herein are administered topically. In some embodiments, topical administration can include administration via a solution, cream, gel, suspension, putty, particulates, or powder. In some embodiments, topical administration can include administration via a bandage (e.g. an adhesive bandage or a compression bandage) or medical closure (e.g., sutures, staples)); for example the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives (e.g., lyopreserved platelets (e.g., thrombosomes)) can be embedded therein or coated thereupon), as described in PCT Publication No. WO2017/040238 (e.g., paragraphs [013]-[069]), corresponding to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/776,255, the entirety of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • In some embodiments of the methods herein, the compositions described herein are administered parenterally.
  • In some embodiments of the methods herein, the compositions described herein are administered intravenously.
  • In some embodiments of the methods herein, the compositions described herein are administered intramuscularly.
  • In some embodiments of the methods herein, the compositions described herein are administered intrathecally.
  • In some embodiments of the methods herein, the compositions described herein are administered subcutaneously.
  • In some embodiments of the methods herein, the compositions described herein are administered intraperitoneally. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared as disclosed herein have a storage stability that is at least about equal to that of the platelets prior to the loading of the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • The loading buffer may be any buffer that is non-toxic to the platelets and provides adequate buffering capacity to the solution at the temperatures at which the solution will be exposed during the process provided herein. Thus, the buffer may include any of the known biologically compatible buffers available commercially, such as phosphate buffers, such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS), bicarbonate/carbonic acid, such as sodium-bicarbonate buffer, N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N′-2-ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES), and tris-based buffers, such as tris-buffered saline (TB S). Likewise, it may include one or more of the following buffers: propane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic (tricarballylic); benzenepentacarboxylic; maleic; 2,2-dimethyl succinic; 3,3-dimethylglutaric; bis(2-hydroxyethyl)imino-tris(hydroxymethyl)-methane (BIS-TRIS); benzenehexacarboxylic (mellitic); N-(2-acetamido)imino-diacetic acid (ADA); butane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic; pyrophosphoric; 1,1-cyclopentanediacetic (3,3 tetramethylene-glutaric acid); piperazine-1,4-bis-(2-ethanesulfonic acid) (PIPES); N-(2-acetamido)-2-amnoethanesulfonic acid (ACES); 1,1-cyclohexanediacetic; 3,6-endomethylene-1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid (EMTA; ENDCA); imidazole; 2-(aminoethyl)trimethylammonium chloride (CHOLAMINE); N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-aminoethanesulfonic acid (BES); 2-methylpropane-1,2,3-triscarboxylic (beta-methyltricarballylic); 2-(N-morpholino)propane-sulfonic acid (MOPS); phosphoric; and N-tris(hydroxymethyl)methyl-2-amminoethane sulfonic acid (TES).
  • A plate reader (e.g., Tecan Microplate reader (e.g., Infinite® 200 PRO)) can be used to quantify loading efficiency of the anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets. Platelets can be evaluated for functionality by adenosine diphosphate (ADP), collagen, arachidonic acid, phorbol myristate acetate (PMA), thrombin receptor activating peptide (TRAP), and/or any other platelet agonist known in the art for stimulation post-loading. A hemostasis analyzer (e.g., TEG® 5000 Thromboelastogram® Hemostasis Analyzer system) can be used to test anti-fibrinolytic function of EACA loaded platelets.
  • In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic platelets are lyophilized. In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are cryopreserved. In some embodiments, the unloaded platelets are lyophilized. In some embodiments, the unloaded platelets are cryopreserved.
  • In some embodiments, the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets retain the loaded anti-fibrinolytic compound upon rehydration and release the anti-fibrinolytic compound upon stimulation by endogenous platelet activators, such as endogenous platelet activators described herein.
  • In some embodiments, the dried platelets (such as freeze-dried platelets) retain the loaded anti-fibrinolytic upon rehydration and release the anti-fibrinolytic (e.g., EACA) upon stimulation by endogenous platelet activators. In some embodiments, at least about 10%, such as at least about 20%, such as at least about 30% of the anti-fibrinolytic is retained. In some embodiments, from about 10% to about 20%, such as from about 20% to about 30% of the anti-fibrinolytic is retained.
  • In some embodiments, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes can shield the anti-fibrinolytic from exposure in circulation, thereby reducing or eliminating systemic toxicity (e.g. cardiotoxicity) associated with the anti-fibrinolytic. In some embodiments, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, and/or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes can also protect the anti-fibrinolytic from metabolic degradation or inactivation. In some embodiments, anti-fibrinolytic delivery with anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, and/or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes can therefore be advantageous in treatment of diseases such as traumatic bleeding events (e.g., hemorrhage), since anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, and/or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes can mitigate systemic side effects. In some embodiments, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, and/or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes can be used in any therapeutic setting in which expedited healing process is required or advantageous.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating a condition such as a hemorrhage as disclosed herein in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating a condition such a hemorrhage as disclosed herein in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering cold stored, room temperature stored, cryopreserved thawed, rehydrated, and/or lyophilized platelets, platelet derivatives, or thrombosomes as disclosed herein.
  • In some embodiments, unloaded platelets, unloaded platelet derivatives, and/or unloaded thrombosomes can be advantageous in the treatment of a condition such as a hemorrhage.
  • A loading agent (e.g., an incubating agent) can include any appropriate components. In some embodiments, the loading agent may comprise a liquid medium. In some embodiments the loading agent may comprise one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and any other salt that can be found in blood or blood products, or that is known to be useful in drying platelets (e.g., anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets), or any combination of two or more of these.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein is composition comprising platelets such as lyophilized platelets or platelet derivatives (e.g., thrombosomes), polysucrose and trehalose made by the process comprising obtaining fresh platelets, optionally incubating the platelets in DMSO, isolating the platelets by centrifugation, resuspending the platelets in an incubating agent which comprises trehalose and ethanol thereby forming a first mixture, incubating the first mixture, mixing polysucrose with the first mixture, thereby forming a second mixture, and lyophilizing the second mixture to form a freeze dried composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives (e.g., thrombosomes), polysucrose and trehalose.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of making a freeze-dried platelet composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives (e.g., thrombosomes), polysucrose and trehalose comprising obtaining fresh platelets, optionally incubating the platelets in DMSO, isolating the platelets by centrifugation, resuspending the platelets in a incubating agent which comprises trehalose and ethanol thereby forming a first mixture, incubating the first mixture, mixing polysucrose with the first mixture, thereby forming a second mixture, and lyophilizing the second mixture to form a freeze-dried composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives (e.g., thrombosomes), polysucrose and trehalose.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein is a process for making freeze-dried platelets, the process comprising incubating isolated platelets in the presence of at least one saccharide under the following conditions: a temperature of from 20° C. to 42° C. for about 10 minutes to about 180 minutes, adding to the platelets at least one cryoprotectant, and lyophilizing the platelets, wherein the process optionally does not include isolating the platelets between the incubating and adding steps, and optionally wherein the process does not include exposing the platelets to a platelet activation inhibitor. The cryoprotectant can be a polysugar (e.g., polysucrose). The process can further include heating the lyophilized platelets at a temperature of 70° C. to 80° C. for 8 to 24 hours. The step of adding to the platelets at least one cryoprotectant can further include exposing the platelets to ethanol. The step of incubating isolated platelets in the presence of at least one saccharide can include incubating in the presence of at least one saccharide. The step of incubating isolated platelets in the presence of at least one saccharide can include incubating in the presence of at least one saccharide. The conditions for incubating can include incubating for about 100 minutes to about 150 minutes. The conditions for incubating can include incubating for about 110 minutes to about 130 minutes. The conditions for incubating can include incubating for about 120 minutes. The conditions for incubating can include incubating at 35° C. to 40° C. The conditions for incubating can include incubating at 37° C. The conditions for incubating can include incubating at 35° C. to 40° C. for 110 minutes to 130 minutes. The conditions for incubating can include incubating at 37° C. for 120 minutes. The at least one saccharide can be trehalose, sucrose, or both trehalose and sucrose. The at least one saccharide can be trehalose. The at least one saccharide can be sucrose.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of preparing freeze-dried platelets, the method including providing platelets, suspending the platelets in a salt buffer that includes about 100 mM trehalose and about 1% (v/v) ethanol to make a first composition, incubating the first composition at about 37° C. for about 2 hours, adding polysucrose (e.g., polysucrose 400) to a final concentration of about 6% (w/v) to make a second composition, lyophilizing the second composition to make freeze-dried platelets, and heating the freeze-dried platelets at 80° C. for 24 hours.
  • While the embodiments of the methods and compositions described herein are amenable to various modifications and alternative forms, specific embodiments have been shown by way of example in the drawings and are described in detail below. The intention, however, is not to limit the methods and compositions to the particular embodiments described. On the contrary, the methods and compositions are intended to cover all modifications, equivalents, and alternatives falling within the scope of the methods and compositions as defined by the appended claims.
  • EXAMPLES Example 1. Loading Platelets with ε-Aminocaproic Acid (EACA)
  • Protocol 1
  • The starting apheresis platelet material was pooled and acidified to a pH 6.6-6.8 using 4 μL of 1M Acid Citrate Dextrose solution per 1 ml of pooled platelet rich plasma. A count of platelets was obtained in solution using a Coulter AcT Diff hematology analyzer. The platelets were isolated via centrifugation at 1500 g× for 20 minutes at room temperature with gentle acceleration and braking.
  • A dansyl-EACA/EACA solution was prepared as follows: stock of 1 mM dansyl-EACA and 1M EACA (1:1000 ratio), dissolved in loading buffer, and frozen. The frozen dansyl-EACA/EACA solution was thawed at 37° C. for 20 minutes.
  • The platelets were resuspended in loading buffer at a concentration of 2,250,000 platelets/μL. The platelets (2,250,000 platelets/μl) were combined with the EACA solution as follows: 9 ml platelets at 2,250,000 platelets/4, and 1 ml dansyl-EACA/EACA stock as prepared above and incubated at 37° C. for 3 hours. 1 mL of dansyl-EACA/EACA stock and 304, of 1 M dextrose were supplemented every hour on the hour.
  • The EACA-loaded platelets were cryopreserved by incubating the samples in a freezer at −80° C. The cryopreserved EACA-loaded platelets were thawed at 37° C. water bath and used for downstream applications described herein. A Tecan Infinite M200 Pro plate reader was used for quantification of anti-fibrinolytic loading. A TEG 5000 Hemostasis analyzer was used to evaluate anti-fibrinolytic function of EACA from EACA loaded platelets.
  • TABLE 1
    Loading Buffer with EACA
    Concentration (mM,
    unless specified
    Component otherwise)
    NaCl 750
    KCl 48
    HEPES 95
    NaHCO3 120
    Dextrose 3
    Trehalose 0.1
    Ethanol 1.00% (v/v)
    Dansyl-EACA/ EACA 0, 50, or 100
    (1:1000)
  • FIG. 1 is a graph showing dose-dependent EACA loading into platelets at 50 mM and 100 mM over time measured at 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, and 4 hours. The pooled apheresis platelets were incubated with dansyl-EACA (λex/em: 325 nm, 570 nm) and unlabeled EACA at a molar ratio of 1:1000 in loading buffer. Platelets were incubated for 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours at 37° C. with low frequency agitation on a rocker. After isolation by centrifugation and washing, the platelets were lysed by sonication and EACA per platelet was quantified using the Tecan Infinite® M200 PRO plate reader. The results show dose-dependent and time-dependent EACA loading into platelets as measured by the concentration (mg/platelet) of EACA per platelet in each sample.
  • Example 2. EACA-Loaded Platelet Functionality
  • FIG. 2 shows in vitro agonist stimulation of EACA release from EACA-loaded platelets with known agonists: phorbol myristate acetate (PMA), collagen, or thrombin receptor activating peptide (TRAP) agonists. Platelets were loaded with EACA according to Protocol 1. EACA loaded platelets were incubated in either 1 μg/mL PMA, 10 μg/mL collagen, or 10 μM TRAP in HMT buffer with 1 mM MgCl2 for 10 minutes at 37° C. to stimulate EACA release. After incubation, the platelets were isolated as a pellet by centrifugation at 1470g×10 minutes. The released (supernatant) and intracellular (pellet) EACA concentrations were quantified using the Tecan Infinite® M200 PRO plate reader.
  • FIG. 3 is a graph showing an EACA dose-response curve in pooled human platelet rich plasma to determine the effect of free EACA on lysis after 30 minutes. Tissue plasminogen activator was used to induce fibrinolysis in vitro. 690 μL platelet rich plasma (platelets in George King plasma) was mixed with 10 μL of 65 μg/mL tPA and 10 μL of serially diluted samples of EACA in cell culture grade water. Each measurement was run in duplicate using 340 μL of the EACA/tPA mixture pipetted into 20 μL of 0.2 M CaCl2). Runs were maintained for 30 minutes after Maximum Amplitude (MA) had been reached at 37° C. The percent lysis (LY30) shows the extent of fibrinolysis 30 minutes after MA had been reached. A LY30 of 100% corresponds to complete lysis of the blood clot while 0% corresponds to the absence of lysis. 140 μg/mL of free EACA was shown to effectively inhibit fibrinolysis (LY30 of 3.5%).
  • FIGS. 4A-E shows that EACA-loaded platelets can release EACA in vitro to prevent fibrinolysis. FIGS. 4A-E show thromboelastogram (TEG) graphs of EACA loaded platelets with tissue plasminogen activator at varying platelet concentrations. Platelet concentrations tested were 125 kcell/μL, 250 kcell/μL, 500 kcell/μL, 1000 kcell/μL, and 2000 kcell/μL of EACA-loaded platelets. Maximum amplitude was maintained over 30 minutes with increasing concentration of drug loaded platelets. FIG. 4F shows a dose-response curve of EACA-loaded platelets. The platelets were lysed and the concentration of EACA for each individual dose from A-E is plotted on the x-axis. A dose of EACA-loaded platelets equivalent to 2.5 μg/mL prevents fibrinolysis (LY30 of 5.6%). 140 μg/mL free EACA inhibit fibrinolysis to a similar extent (LY30 of 3.5%). Therefore, EACA loaded into platelets can inhibit tPA-induced coagulopathy at 56× lower concentrations than the free EACA.
  • FIG. 5 is a graph comparing the percent lysis of clots at 30 minutes for free EACA in solution (FIG. 3) and EACA-loaded platelets (FIGS. 4A-E). FIG. 5 shows, on a log scale, approximately equal percent lysis is observed using platelet-loaded EACA at concentrations between 17 and 56-fold lower than for non-loaded EACA (free EACA). These results show that platelets are a viable vehicle for delivery of an anti-fibrinolytic such as EACA at low concentrations relative to free EACA.
  • Example 3. Cryopreserved EACA-Loaded Platelets
  • FIG. 6 is a graph measuring the amount of EACA mg/platelet of EACA-loaded platelets pre-cryopreservation and post-cryopreservation. Platelets were incubated in 100 mM dansyl-EACA (λex/em: 325 nm, 570 nm) and unlabeled EACA at a molar ratio of 1:1000 in loading buffer (Table 1) for 3 hours followed by centrifugation and resuspension in loading buffer containing sucrose and minimal DMSO for cryopreservation. The samples were cryopreserved by incubation of the samples in a −80° C. freezer. Drug load of pre- and post-cryopreservation were quantified using a Tecan Infinite M200 Pro plate reader. The cryopreserved platelets retained 91% of the original amount of EACA that was loaded per cell before preservation.
  • FIGS. 7A-E shows that cryopreserved EACA-loaded platelets (EACA-loaded platelets in the presence of loading buffer (Table 1) can release EACA in vitro to prevent fibrinolysis. FIGS. 7A-D show TEG graphs of cryopreserved EACA loaded platelets plus tissue plasminogen activator at varying platelet concentrations. Platelet concentrations ranged from 100 kcell/μL, 250 kcell/μL, 500 kcell/μL, and 1000 kcell/μL. MA was maintained after 30 minutes with increasing concentration of cryopreserved drug loaded platelets. FIG. 7E shows a dose-response curve of cryopreserved EACA loaded platelets. The platelets were lysed and the concentration of EACA for each individual dose from A-E is plotted on the x-axis. A dose of EACA-loaded platelets equivalent to 5 μg/mL prevents fibrinolysis (LY30 of 2.1%). 140 μg/mL free EACA inhibit fibrinolysis to a similar extent (LY30 of 3.5%). Therefore, EACA loaded into platelets can inhibit tPA-induced coagulopathy at 28 x lower concentrations than free EACA.
  • FIGS. 8A-C show graphs indicating the strength of clots as measured by maximum amplitude (MA). FIG. 8A shows MA measured in the presence of free EACA.
  • FIGS. 8B-C shows MA measured with EACA loaded platelets (5×105platelets/μl) in the presence of loading buffer pre-cryopreservation (8B) and post-cryopreservation (8C). MA increases with increasing number of EACA-loaded platelets in both pre-cryopreservation and post-cryopreservation.
  • Embodiments
  • Embodiment 1 is a method of treating a hemorrhage in a subject, the method comprising: administering a therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets to the subject in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 2 is the method of embodiment 2, wherein the concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded into the platelets is from about 100 μM to about 10 mM.
  • Embodiment 3 is the method of any one of embodiments 1 or 2, wherein the concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes is from about 1×102 particles/kg to about 1×1013 particles/kg.
  • Embodiment 4 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, comprising: contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 5 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, comprising:
  • a) providing platelets;
  • and
  • b) contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 6 is the method of embodiment 4 or 5, wherein the platelets are treated with the anti-fibrinolytic and with the loading buffer sequentially, in either order.
  • Embodiment 7 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, comprising:
  • (1) contacting platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition; and
  • (2) contacting the first composition with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 8 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, comprising:
  • (1) contacting the platelets with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form a first composition; and
  • (2) contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 9 is the method of claims embodiment 7 or 8, wherein the platelets are contacted with the anti-fibrinolytic and with the loading buffer concurrently.
  • Embodiment 10 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, comprising: contacting the platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic in the presence of a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent to form the drug-loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 11 the method of any one of the claims embodiments 7-10, wherein the platelets are pooled from a plurality of donors prior to a treating step.
  • Embodiment 12 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprising
  • A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors; and
  • B) contacting the platelets from step (A) with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 13 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprising
  • A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors; and
  • B)
  • (1) contacting the platelets from step (A) with an anti-fibrinolytic to form a first composition; and
  • (2) contacting the first composition with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 14 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprising
  • A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors; and
  • B)
  • (1) contacting the platelets from step (A) with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form a first composition; and
  • (2) contacting the first composition with an anti-fibrinolytic to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 15 is a method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprising
  • A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors; and
  • B) contacting the platelets with a drug in the presence of a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 16 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 15, wherein the loading agent is a monosaccharide or a disaccharide.
  • Embodiment 17 is the method of any one embodiments 4 to 16, wherein the loading agent is sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose, mannose, or xylose.
  • Embodiment 18 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 17, wherein the platelets are isolated prior to a contacting step.
  • Embodiment 19 is the method of any one embodiments 4 to 18, wherein the platelets are loaded with the drug in a period of time of 5 minutes to 48 hours.
  • Embodiment 20 is the method of any one embodiments 4 to 19, wherein the concentration of the anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 1 μM to about 100 mM.
  • Embodiment 21 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 20, wherein the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 22 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 21, further comprising cold storing, cryopreserving, freeze-drying, thawing, rehydrating, and combinations thereof the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 23 is the method of embodiment 22, wherein the drying step comprises freeze-drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 24 is the method of embodiment 22 or 23, further comprising rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets obtained from the drying step.
  • Embodiment 25 are anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by the method of any one embodiments 4 to 24.
  • Embodiment 26 are rehydrated anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by a method comprising rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets of embodiment 25.
  • Embodiment 27 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 26, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic is modified with an imaging agent.
  • Embodiment 28 is the method of embodiment 27, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic is modified with the imaging agent prior to contacting platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic.
  • Embodiment 29 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 28, wherein the platelets are further treated with an imaging agent, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are loaded with the imaging agent.
  • Embodiment 30 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 29, wherein the method does not comprise contacting the platelets with an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 31 is the method of any one of embodiments 7, 8, 13, or 14, wherein the method does not comprise contacting the first composition with an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 32 is the method of any one embodiments 4 to 31, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic is selected from the group consisting of ε-aminocaproic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, tranexamic acid, and fibrinogen.
  • Embodiment 33 is the method of embodiment 32, wherein the ε-aminocaproic acid is present in a concentration of at least 100 μM.
  • Embodiment 34 are anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by any of one of embodiments 4 to 33.
  • Embodiment 35 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 34, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic-loaded platelets treat a hemorrhage in a subject.
  • Embodiment 36 is the method of any one of embodiments 4 to 34, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets treat a disease in a subject.
  • Embodiment 37 is a method of treating a hemorrhage in a subject, the method comprising: administering a therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes to the subject in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 38 is the method of embodiment 37, wherein the concentration of the therapeutically effective amount of unloaded thrombosomes is from about 1×102 particles/kg to about 1×1013 particles/kg.
  • Embodiment 39 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 40 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 41 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 42 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 43 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 44 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 45 is the method of any one of embodiments 43 or 44, wherein the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • Embodiment 46 is the method of any one of embodiments 43-44, wherein the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • Embodiment 47 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-46, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped.
  • Embodiment 48 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-47, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • Embodiment 49 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
  • Embodiment 50 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 51 is the method of embodiment 49 or 50, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 52 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-51, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 53 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-51, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 54 is the method of embodiment 52 or embodiment 53, wherein the anticoagulant is warfarin.
  • Embodiment 55 is the method of embodiment 52 or embodiment 53, wherein the anticoagulant is heparin.
  • Embodiment 56 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-55, further comprising drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 57 is the method of embodiment 56, further comprising rehydrating the composition following the drying step.
  • Embodiment 58 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-56, further comprising freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 59 is the method of embodiment 58, further comprising rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • Embodiment 60 is the method of any one of embodiments 39 to 59, wherein the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 61 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-60, wherein the composition comprises an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 62 is the method of any one of embodiments 39-61, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives comprises thrombosomes.
  • Embodiment 63 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 64 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 65 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 66 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 67 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 68 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 69 is the method of embodiment 67 or 68, wherein the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • Embodiment 70 is the method of embodiment 67 or 68, wherein the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • Embodiment 71 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-70, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped.
  • Embodiment 72 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-70, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • Embodiment 73 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets or anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelet derivatives and a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 74 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 75 is the method of embodiment 73 or embodiment 74, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 76 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-75, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 77 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-75, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, and atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 78 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-75, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, and sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 79 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-78, further comprising drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 80 is the method of embodiment 79, further comprising rehydrating the composition following the drying step.
  • Embodiment 81 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-79, further comprising freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 82 is the method of embodiment 81, further comprising rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • Embodiment 83 is the method of any one of embodiments 63 to 82, wherein the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), or combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 84 is the method of any one of embodiments 63-83, wherein the composition comprises an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 85 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 86 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 87 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 88 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 89 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 90 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 91 is the method of embodiment 89 or 90, wherein the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • Embodiment 92 is the method of embodiment 89 or 90, wherein the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • Embodiment 93 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-92, wherein the subject or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 94 is the method of embodiment 93, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped.
  • Embodiment 95 is the method of embodiment 93, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • Embodiment 96 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 97 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 98 is the method of embodiment 96 or embodiment 97, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 99 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-98, wherein the composition further comprises an anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • Embodiment 100 is the method of embodiment 99, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ε-aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 101 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-100, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 102 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-100, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 103 is the method of embodiment 101 or embodiment 102, wherein the anticoagulant is warfarin.
  • Embodiment 104 is the method of embodiment 101 or embodiment 102, wherein the anticoagulant is heparin.
  • Embodiment 105 is the method of any one of embodiments 86-104, wherein before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 4.0.
  • Embodiment 106 is the method of embodiment 105, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 3.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 107 is the method of embodiment 105, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 108 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-104, wherein before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 3.0.
  • Embodiment 109 is the method of embodiment 108, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 110 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering topically.
  • Embodiment 111 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering parenterally.
  • Embodiment 112 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering intravenously.
  • Embodiment 113 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering intramuscularly.
  • Embodiment 114 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering intrathecally.
  • Embodiment 115 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering subcutaneously.
  • Embodiment 116 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-109, wherein administering comprises administering intraperitoneally.
  • Embodiment 117 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-116, further comprising drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 118 is the method of embodiment 117, further comprising rehydrating the composition is following the drying step.
  • Embodiment 119 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-117, further comprising freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 120 is the method of embodiment 119, further comprising rehydrating the composition following the freeze-drying step.
  • Embodiment 121 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-120, wherein the incubating agent comprises one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • Embodiment 122 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-121, wherein the incubating agent comprises a carrier protein.
  • Embodiment 123 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-122, wherein the buffer comprises HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3), or a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 124 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-123, wherein the composition comprises one or more saccharides.
  • Embodiment 125 is the method of embodiment 124, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise trehalose.
  • Embodiment 126 is the method of embodiment 124 or embodiment 125, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise polysucrose.
  • Embodiment 127 is the method of any one of embodiments 124-126, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise dextrose.
  • Embodiment 128 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-127, wherein the composition comprises an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 129 is the method of any one of embodiments 85-128, wherein the platelets or platelet derivatives comprise thrombosomes.
  • Embodiment 130 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 131 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 132 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 133 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 134 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 135 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 136 is the method of embodiment 134 or 135, wherein the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • Embodiment 137 is the method of embodiment 134 or 135, wherein the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • Embodiment 138 is the method of any one of embodiment 130-137, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped.
  • Embodiment 139 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-137, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • Embodiment 140 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 141 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 142 is the method of embodiment 140 or embodiment 141, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 143 is the method of any one of embodiments 140-142, wherein the composition further comprises an anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • Embodiment 144 is the method of embodiment 143, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ε-aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 145 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-144, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, and a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 146 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-144, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, and atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 147 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-144, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, and sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 148 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering topically.
  • Embodiment 149 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering parenterally.
  • Embodiment 150 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering intravenously.
  • Embodiment 151 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering intramuscularly.
  • Embodiment 152 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering intrathecally.
  • Embodiment 153 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering subcutaneously.
  • Embodiment 154 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-147, wherein administering comprises administering intraperitoneally.
  • Embodiment 155 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-154, further comprising drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 156 is the method of embodiment 155, further comprising rehydrating the composition after the drying step.
  • Embodiment 157 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-154, further comprising freeze-drying the composition prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 158 is the method of embodiment 157, further comprising rehydrating the composition is after the freeze-drying step.
  • Embodiment 159 is the method of any one of embodiments 149-177, wherein the incubating agent comprises one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • Embodiment 160 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-159, wherein the incubating agent comprises a carrier protein.
  • Embodiment 161 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-160, wherein the buffer comprises HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3), or a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 162 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-161, wherein the composition comprises one or more saccharides.
  • Embodiment 163 is the method of embodiment 162, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise trehalose.
  • Embodiment 164 is the method of embodiment 162 or 163, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise polysucrose.
  • Embodiment 165 is the method of any one of embodiments 162-164, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise dextrose.
  • Embodiment 166 is the method of any one of embodiments 130-165, wherein the composition comprises an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 167 is the method of any of embodiments 130-166, wherein the platelets or platelet derivatives comprise thrombosomes.
  • Embodiment 168 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 169 is a method of treating a coagulopathy in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 170 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 171 is a method of restoring normal hemostasis in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 172 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 173 is a method of preparing a subject for surgery, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 174 is the method of any one of embodiments 172-173, wherein the surgery is an emergency surgery.
  • Embodiment 175 is the method of any one of embodiments 172-173, wherein the surgery is a scheduled surgery.
  • Embodiment 176 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-175, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 177 is the method of embodiment 176, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is stopped.
  • Embodiment 178 is the method of embodiment 177, wherein treatment with the anticoagulant is continued.
  • Embodiment 179 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 180 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an anticoagulant in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 181 is the method of embodiment 179 or embodiment 180, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the anticoagulant.
  • Embodiment 182 is the method of any one of embodiments 176-181, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, a low molecular weight heparin, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 183 is the method of any one of embodiments 176-182, wherein the anticoagulant is selected from the group consisting of dabigatran, argatroban, hirudin, rivaroxaban, apixaban, edoxaban, fondaparinux, warfarin, heparin, low molecular weight heparins, tifacogin, Factor VIIai, SB249417, pegnivacogin (with or without anivamersen), TTP889, idraparinux, idrabiotaparinux, SR23781A, apixaban, betrixaban, lepirudin, bivalirudin, ximelagatran, phenprocoumon, acenocoumarol, indandiones, fluindione, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 184 is the method of embodiment 182 or embodiment 183, wherein the anticoagulant is warfarin.
  • Embodiment 185 is the method of embodiment 182 or embodiment 183, wherein the anticoagulant is heparin.
  • Embodiment 186 is the method of any one of embodiments 176-185, wherein before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 4.0.
  • Embodiment 187 is the method of embodiment 186, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 3.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 188 is the method of embodiment 186, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 189 is the method of any one of embodiments 176-1888, wherein before the administering, the subject had an INR of at least 3.0.
  • Embodiment 190 is the method of embodiment 189, wherein after the administering, the subject has an INR of 2.0 or less.
  • Embodiment 191 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-190, wherein the subject has been treated or is being treated with an anti-platelet agent.
  • Embodiment 192 is the method of embodiment 191, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is stopped.
  • Embodiment 193 is the method of embodiment 191, wherein treatment with the antiplatelet agent is continued.
  • Embodiment 194 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising platelets or platelet derivatives and an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 195 is a method of ameliorating the effects of an antiplatelet agent in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition prepared by a process comprising incubating platelets with an incubating agent comprising one or more salts, a buffer, optionally a cryoprotectant, and optionally an organic solvent, to form the composition.
  • Embodiment 196 is the method of embodiment 194 or embodiment 195, wherein the composition is administered following administration to the subject or assumption by the subject, or an overdose of the antiplatelet agent.
  • Embodiment 197 is the method of any one of embodiments 191-196, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, a supplement, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 198 is the method of any one of embodiments 191-196, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 199 is the method of any one of embodiments 191-196, wherein the antiplatelet agent is selected from the group consisting of aspirin, cangrelor, ticagrelor, clopidogrel, prasugrel, eptifibatide, tirofiban, abciximab, terutroban, picotamide, elinogrel, ticlopidine, ibuprofen, vorapaxar, atopaxar, cilostazol, prostaglandin E1, epoprostenol, dipyridamole, treprostinil sodium, sarpogrelate, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 200 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-199, wherein the composition further comprises an anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • Embodiment 201 is the method of embodiment 200, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of ε-aminocaproic acid (EACA), tranexamic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, fibrinogen, and a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 202 is the method of embodiment 200 or embodiment 201, wherein the platelets or platelet derivatives are loaded with the anti-fibrinolytic agent.
  • Embodiment 203 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering topically.
  • Embodiment 204 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering parenterally.
  • Embodiment 205 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering intravenously.
  • Embodiment 206 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering intramuscularly.
  • Embodiment 207 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering intrathecally.
  • Embodiment 208 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering subcutaneously.
  • Embodiment 209 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-202, wherein administering comprises administering intraperitoneally.
  • Embodiment 210 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-209, wherein the composition is dried prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 211 is the method of embodiment 210, wherein the composition is rehydrated following the drying step.
  • Embodiment 212 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-209, wherein the composition is freeze-dried prior to the administration step.
  • Embodiment 213 is the method of embodiment 212, wherein the composition is rehydrated following the freeze-drying step.
  • Embodiment 214 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-213, wherein the incubating agent comprises one or more salts selected from phosphate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • Embodiment 215 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-214, wherein the incubating agent comprises a carrier protein.
  • Embodiment 216 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-215, wherein the buffer comprises HEPES, sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3), or a combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 217 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-216, wherein the composition comprises one or more saccharides.
  • Embodiment 218 is the method of embodiment 217, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise trehalose.
  • Embodiment 219 is the method of embodiment 217 or embodiment 218, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise polysucrose.
  • Embodiment 220 is the method of any one of embodiments 217-219, wherein the one or more saccharides comprise dextrose.
  • Embodiment 221 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-220, wherein the composition comprises an organic solvent.
  • Embodiment 222 is the method of any one of embodiments 168-221, wherein the platelets or platelet derivatives comprise thrombosomes.

Claims (22)

1. A method for preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, comprising:
contacting platelets with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, wherein the concentration of the anti-fibrinolytic is from about 1 μM to about 100 mM.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the platelets are contacted with the anti-fibrinolytic and with the loading buffer concurrently or sequentially, in either order.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the platelets are pooled from a plurality of donors prior to the contacting step.
4. A method of preparing anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets comprising
A) pooling platelets from a plurality of donors; and
B) contacting the platelets from step (A) with an anti-fibrinolytic and with a loading buffer comprising a salt, a base, a loading agent, and optionally at least one organic solvent, to form the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the loading agent is a monosaccharide or a disaccharide.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the loading agent is sucrose, maltose, trehalose, glucose, mannose, or xylose.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the platelets are isolated prior to the contacting step.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the platelets are loaded with the anti-fibrinolytic in a period of time of about 5 minutes to about 48 hours.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein the concentration of the anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets is from about 1 μM to about 100 mM.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic comprises an ε-aminocaproic acid and wherein the anti-fibrinolytic is present in a concentration of at least 100 μM.
11. The method of claim 1, wherein the one or more organic solvents is selected from the group consisting of ethanol, acetic acid, acetone, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane, methanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), N-methyl pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide (DMAC), and combinations thereof.
12. The method of claim 1, further comprising a drying step, wherein the drying step comprises cold storing, cryopreserving, freeze-drying, thawing, rehydrating, or combinations thereof the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the method comprises freeze-drying the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets.
14. The method of claim 13, further comprising rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets obtained from the freeze-drying step.
15. Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by the method of claim 1.
16. Rehydrated anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets prepared by a method comprising rehydrating the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets of claim 15.
17. The method of claim 1, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic is modified with an imaging agent, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic is modified with the imaging agent prior to contacting the platelets with the anti-fibrinolytic.
18. The method of claim 1, wherein the platelets are further contacted with an imaging agent, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets are loaded with the imaging agent.
19. The method of claim 1, wherein the method does not comprise contacting the platelets with an organic solvent.
20. The method of claim 1, wherein the anti-fibrinolytic is selected from the group consisting of ε-aminocaproic acid, aprotinin, aminomethylbenzoic acid, tranexamic acid, and fibrinogen.
21. (canceled)
22. A method of treating a hemorrhage in a subject in need thereof, comprising:
administering a therapeutically effective amount of anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded derivatives, or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes, wherein the concentration of the anti-fibrinolytic in the anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets, anti-fibrinolytic loaded derivatives, or anti-fibrinolytic loaded thrombosomes is from about 1 μM to about 100 mM.
US17/166,487 2019-08-16 2021-02-03 Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets Abandoned US20210308066A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/166,487 US20210308066A1 (en) 2020-02-04 2021-02-03 Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
US18/504,080 US20240066065A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2023-11-07 Platelet derivatives for treating coagulopathy

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202062969942P 2020-02-04 2020-02-04
US202062980850P 2020-02-24 2020-02-24
US202063065337P 2020-08-13 2020-08-13
US17/166,487 US20210308066A1 (en) 2020-02-04 2021-02-03 Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/166,648 Continuation-In-Part US20210308185A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2021-02-03 Methods of treating acquired hemophilia with anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/504,080 Continuation-In-Part US20240066065A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2023-11-07 Platelet derivatives for treating coagulopathy

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20210308066A1 true US20210308066A1 (en) 2021-10-07

Family

ID=74759530

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/166,490 Active US11903971B2 (en) 2020-02-04 2021-02-03 Treatment of von Willebrand disease
US17/166,487 Abandoned US20210308066A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2021-02-03 Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
US17/166,648 Abandoned US20210308185A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2021-02-03 Methods of treating acquired hemophilia with anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
US17/166,605 Pending US20210299179A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2021-02-03 Methods of treating congenital hemophilia with anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/166,490 Active US11903971B2 (en) 2020-02-04 2021-02-03 Treatment of von Willebrand disease

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/166,648 Abandoned US20210308185A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2021-02-03 Methods of treating acquired hemophilia with anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
US17/166,605 Pending US20210299179A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2021-02-03 Methods of treating congenital hemophilia with anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (4) US11903971B2 (en)
CA (4) CA3170201A1 (en)
WO (4) WO2021158625A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11529587B2 (en) 2019-05-03 2022-12-20 Cellphire, Inc. Materials and methods for producing blood products
US11701388B2 (en) 2019-08-16 2023-07-18 Cellphire, Inc. Thrombosomes as an antiplatelet agent reversal agent
US11767511B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2023-09-26 Cellphire, Inc. Platelets as delivery agents
US11903971B2 (en) 2020-02-04 2024-02-20 Cellphire, Inc. Treatment of von Willebrand disease
US11965178B2 (en) 2019-11-27 2024-04-23 Cellphire, Inc. Platelets loaded with anti-cancer agents

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023081804A1 (en) * 2021-11-04 2023-05-11 Cellphire, Inc. Platelet derivative compositions, and methods of making and using such compositions
WO2023220739A1 (en) * 2022-05-12 2023-11-16 Cellphire, Inc. Platelet derivative compositions for use in subjects afflicted with hermansky pudlak syndrome or bernard soulier syndrome

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001007921A2 (en) * 1999-07-23 2001-02-01 Medical Analysis Systems, Inc. Stabilized coagulation control reagent
CN109942687A (en) * 2018-10-16 2019-06-28 哈尔滨医科大学 68Ga marks EACA modification c-Met molecular imaging probe and preparation and application

Family Cites Families (203)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3928566A (en) 1970-08-14 1975-12-23 Du Pont Lyophilized biological products
US3932943A (en) 1970-08-14 1976-01-20 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method of preparation of lyophilized biological products
DE2546166A1 (en) 1975-10-15 1977-04-28 Behringwerke Ag TANNED THROMBOCYTE
US4059967A (en) 1976-02-19 1977-11-29 The Community Blood Council Of Greater New York, Inc. Process for freezing blood platelets
US4455299A (en) 1981-11-20 1984-06-19 Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. Storage of blood platelets
US4481189A (en) 1982-04-14 1984-11-06 New York Blood Center Inc. Process for preparing sterilized plasma and plasma derivatives
US4670013A (en) 1982-12-27 1987-06-02 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Container for blood and blood components
US4865871A (en) 1983-08-23 1989-09-12 Board Of Regents The University Of Texas System Method for cryopreparing biological tissue
US5185160A (en) 1984-06-21 1993-02-09 Prp, Inc. Platelet membrane microvesicles
HUT42329A (en) 1984-11-29 1987-07-28 Curatech Inc Process for producing compositions for curing wounds
US5958670A (en) 1988-05-18 1999-09-28 Cobe Laboratories, Inc. Method of freezing cells and cell-like materials
US5213814A (en) 1989-04-10 1993-05-25 Cryopharm Corporation Lyophilized and reconstituted blood platelet compositions
US4994367A (en) 1988-10-07 1991-02-19 East Carolina University Extended shelf life platelet preparations and process for preparing the same
US5059518A (en) 1988-10-20 1991-10-22 Coulter Corporation Stabilized lyophilized mammalian cells and method of making same
WO1990005461A1 (en) 1988-11-18 1990-05-31 Tosoh Corporation Process for purifying blood plasma
US5332578A (en) 1989-04-14 1994-07-26 Prp, Inc. Platelet membrane microparticles
CA2051092C (en) 1990-09-12 2002-07-23 Stephen A. Livesey Method and apparatus for cryopreparation, dry stabilization and rehydration of biological suspensions
EP0510185B1 (en) 1990-11-07 1996-12-11 Baxter International Inc. Blood platelet storage medium
JP3604688B2 (en) 1990-11-27 2004-12-22 ジ・アメリカン・ナショナル・レッド・クロス Tissue sealant and growth factor-containing composition to promote accelerated wound healing
GB9114202D0 (en) 1991-07-01 1991-08-21 Quadrant Holdings Cambridge Blood products
IL104470A0 (en) 1992-01-21 1993-05-13 Cryopharm Corp Process for freezing cells and cell like materials and compositions prepared thereby
US5423738A (en) 1992-03-13 1995-06-13 Robinson; Thomas C. Blood pumping and processing system
MX9303244A (en) 1992-05-29 1995-01-31 Univ North Carolina PHARMACEUTICALLY FIXED-DRY HUMAN BLOOD PLATES.
RU2142282C1 (en) 1993-06-04 1999-12-10 Биотайм, Инк Water-base blood substitute solution, method of its preparing
US5656498A (en) 1994-02-22 1997-08-12 Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation Freeze-dried blood cells, stem cells and platelets, and manufacturing method for the same
JP3788522B2 (en) 1994-02-22 2006-06-21 日本電信電話株式会社 Method for producing freeze-dried products of blood cells, stem cells, and platelets
US5656598A (en) 1994-03-08 1997-08-12 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals Inc. Use of fibroblast growth factors to stimulate bone growth
US5759542A (en) 1994-08-05 1998-06-02 New England Deaconess Hospital Corporation Compositions and methods for the delivery of drugs by platelets for the treatment of cardiovascular and other diseases
US5622867A (en) 1994-10-19 1997-04-22 Lifecell Corporation Prolonged preservation of blood platelets
US5919614A (en) 1994-10-19 1999-07-06 Lifecell Corporation Composition comprising three platelet lesion inhibitors for platelet storage
US20010046487A1 (en) 1994-12-30 2001-11-29 Roser Bruce J. Methods for loading platelets, stabilizing platelets for dry storage and compositions obtained thereby
US5736313A (en) 1995-10-20 1998-04-07 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Method of lyophilizing platelets by incubation with high carbohydrate concentrations and supercooling prior to freezing
AU3214597A (en) 1996-05-29 1998-01-05 Universal Preservation Technologies, Inc. Long-term shelf preservation by vitrification
DE19634313A1 (en) 1996-08-24 1998-02-26 Behringwerke Ag Method for stabilizing platelets
US5827741A (en) 1996-11-19 1998-10-27 The Regents Of The University Of California Cryopreservation of human adult and fetal pancreatic cells and human platelets
US5817381A (en) 1996-11-13 1998-10-06 Agricultural Utilization Research Institute Cellulose fiber based compositions and film and the process for their manufacture
CA2279376A1 (en) 1997-02-07 1998-08-13 Quadrant Holdings Cambridge Limited Methods and compositions for producing dried, storage-stable platelets
US6139878A (en) 1998-04-27 2000-10-31 Aventis Behring, Llc Method for preparing a diafiltered stabilized blood product
WO2000030677A1 (en) 1998-11-20 2000-06-02 Eli Lilly And Company Method of treating viral hemorrhagic fever
ATE253935T1 (en) 1999-01-28 2003-11-15 Univ Texas INCREASING CIRCULATIVE PLATELETS WITH THROMBOPOIETIN COMPOSITIONS
US7033603B2 (en) 1999-08-06 2006-04-25 Board Of Regents The University Of Texas Drug releasing biodegradable fiber for delivery of therapeutics
WO2001010421A1 (en) 1999-08-06 2001-02-15 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Drug releasing biodegradable fiber implant
US6211575B1 (en) 1999-08-18 2001-04-03 Sigmatel Inc. Method and apparatus for identifying customized integrated circuits
DE60002103T2 (en) 1999-11-12 2003-12-18 Elan Drug Delivery Ltd STABILIZATION OF BLOOD PLATES
US7208265B1 (en) 1999-11-24 2007-04-24 Xy, Inc. Method of cryopreserving selected sperm cells
ITAL990010U1 (en) 1999-12-14 2001-06-14 Maria Cristina Sacchi NEW LABORATORY METHOD FOR PREPARING GEL AND PLATE MEMBRANES OBTAINED FROM THE PLATE CONCENTRATE.
US20040147024A1 (en) 2000-02-10 2004-07-29 Crowe John H. Therapeutic platelets and methods
US6770478B2 (en) 2000-02-10 2004-08-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Erythrocytic cells and method for preserving cells
US20040185524A1 (en) 2000-02-10 2004-09-23 Crowe John H. Biological samples and method for increasing survival of biological samples
US20040152964A1 (en) 2000-02-10 2004-08-05 Crowe John H. Method and therapeutic platelets
CA2397362A1 (en) 2000-02-10 2001-08-16 The Regents Of The University Of California Therapeutic platelets and methods
US20020076445A1 (en) 2000-02-10 2002-06-20 Crowe John H. Eukaryotic cells and method for preserving cells
US7696168B2 (en) 2000-04-21 2010-04-13 Tufts Medical Center, Inc. G protein coupled receptor agonists and antagonists and methods of activating and inhibiting G protein coupled receptors using the same
CZ20023911A3 (en) 2000-05-22 2003-03-12 Arthur C. Coffey Combination SIS and vacuum bandage and method
US6653062B1 (en) 2000-07-26 2003-11-25 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Preservation and storage medium for biological materials
WO2002032294A2 (en) 2000-10-19 2002-04-25 Bracco Research Usa Radiopharmaceutical formulations
US20050222029A1 (en) 2001-01-04 2005-10-06 Myriad Genetics, Incorporated Compositions and methods for treating diseases
AU2002326717A1 (en) 2001-08-22 2003-03-10 Maxcyte, Inc. Apparatus and method for electroporation of biological samples
WO2003039582A1 (en) 2001-11-09 2003-05-15 Novo Nordisk Health Care Ag Pharmaceutical composition comprising a factor vii polypeptide and epsilon-aminocapronic acid
US20040136974A1 (en) 2002-01-16 2004-07-15 Crowe John H. Therapeutic platelets and methods
JP2003238174A (en) 2002-02-15 2003-08-27 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Method for manufacturing float glass
JP2005523128A (en) 2002-04-24 2005-08-04 インターポア・オルソペディックス Blood separation and concentration system
US7241282B2 (en) 2002-11-08 2007-07-10 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Compositions and methods for prolonging survival of platelets
AU2003304289A1 (en) 2002-11-29 2005-01-21 The Regents Of The University Of California A method and therapeutic platelets
WO2004050896A2 (en) 2002-11-29 2004-06-17 The Regents Of The University Of California A method and therapeutic platelets
GB0305133D0 (en) 2003-03-06 2003-04-09 Sinvent As Product
US7294455B2 (en) 2003-05-16 2007-11-13 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Fixed-dried platelets cross-linked to protein
US20050048460A1 (en) 2003-05-29 2005-03-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Preservative and method for preserving cells
US20060200100A1 (en) 2003-06-18 2006-09-07 Rosati Coni F Method and apparatus for supplying gas to an area
DE10335833A1 (en) 2003-08-05 2005-03-03 Curevac Gmbh Transfection of blood cells with mRNA for immune stimulation and gene therapy
JP2005053841A (en) 2003-08-05 2005-03-03 Kyouto Biomedical Science:Kk Skin care preparation for external use
US20060223050A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2006-10-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Office Of Technology Transfer Therapeutic platelets and methods
GB0323378D0 (en) 2003-10-07 2003-11-05 Univ Leicester Therapeutic agent
US20050181978A1 (en) 2003-11-20 2005-08-18 Rasmus Rojkjaer Therapeutic use of factor XI
WO2005065242A2 (en) 2003-12-29 2005-07-21 Am Biosolutions Method of treating cancer using platelet releasate
US20050191286A1 (en) 2004-02-09 2005-09-01 Gandy James B. Lyophilized platelet rich plasma for the use in wound healing (chronic or acute) and bone or tissue grafts or repair
WO2005077299A1 (en) 2004-02-18 2005-08-25 Plasma Ventures Pty Ltd Isolated plasma and method for hyperimmunisation and plasma collection
US20060051731A1 (en) * 2004-08-12 2006-03-09 David Ho Processes for preparing lyophilized platelets
US7811558B2 (en) * 2004-08-12 2010-10-12 Cellphire, Inc. Use of stabilized platelets as hemostatic agent
US20060035383A1 (en) 2004-08-12 2006-02-16 David Ho Dry platelet preparations for use in diagnostics
EP1784639B1 (en) 2004-08-12 2010-01-20 CELLPHIRE, Inc. Methods for preparing freeze-dried platelets, compositions comprising freeze-dried platelets, and methods of use
US20060095121A1 (en) 2004-10-28 2006-05-04 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Autologous platelet gel on a stent graft
WO2006059329A1 (en) 2004-12-01 2006-06-08 Hadasit Medical Research Services & Development Limited Platelet-derived microparticles for therapy
KR100617648B1 (en) 2005-02-25 2006-09-05 김응권 Pharmaceutical Composition for Treating Avellino Cornea Dystrophy Comprising Blood Plasma or Serum
US7931919B2 (en) 2005-08-12 2011-04-26 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Method of producing glycine-stabilized, lyophilized plasma
WO2008048229A2 (en) 2005-08-12 2008-04-24 Department Of The Army Stabilized lyophilized blood platelets
EP1929289B1 (en) 2005-09-26 2018-02-21 Lifecell Corporation Dry platelet composition
US20070087061A1 (en) 2005-10-14 2007-04-19 Medafor, Incorporated Method and composition for creating and/or activating a platelet-rich gel by contact with a porous particulate material, for use in wound care, tissue adhesion, or as a matrix for delivery of therapeutic components
US20070178104A1 (en) 2006-01-31 2007-08-02 Awdalla Essam T Methods and means for treating solid tumors
EP2019858B1 (en) 2006-04-17 2012-06-13 BioE LLC Differentiation of multi-lineage progenitor cells to respiratory epithelial cells
US20070243137A1 (en) 2006-04-18 2007-10-18 Nanoprobes, Inc. Cell and sub-cell methods for imaging and therapy
US8529959B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2013-09-10 Carmell Therapeutics Corporation Methods and apparatus for manufacturing plasma based plastics and bioplastics produced therefrom
US8790924B2 (en) 2006-10-19 2014-07-29 Duke University Reversible platelet inhibition
WO2008073491A1 (en) 2006-12-11 2008-06-19 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. System and method for analyzing progress of labor and preterm labor
US8097403B2 (en) 2006-12-14 2012-01-17 Cellphire, Inc. Freeze-dried platelets, method of making and method of use as a diagnostic agent
EP1958618A1 (en) 2007-02-15 2008-08-20 Octapharma AG Method for freeze-drying with optimum reconstitution of biopolymers
US8512697B2 (en) 2007-05-16 2013-08-20 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Delivery of micro- and nanoparticles with blood platelets
DE102007028090A1 (en) 2007-06-12 2008-12-18 Eberhard-Karls-Universität Tübingen Universitätsklinikum Activatable diagnostic and therapeutic compound
EP2205269A1 (en) 2007-09-11 2010-07-14 Mondobiotech Laboratories AG Therapeutic uses of intermedin 47 and 53 peptides
WO2009049318A2 (en) 2007-10-12 2009-04-16 Bakaltcheva Irina B Freeze-dried plasma formats for the trauma care field
JP2011502264A (en) 2007-10-29 2011-01-20 ベックマン コールター, インコーポレイテッド A method for rapid antibody-based analysis of platelet populations
WO2009059404A1 (en) 2007-11-05 2009-05-14 University Health Network Angiopoietin-1 and -2 biomarkers for infectious diseases that compromise endothelial integrity
US8906855B2 (en) 2007-12-22 2014-12-09 Vivacelle Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating conditions related to lack of blood supply, shock and neuronal injuries
TW200930811A (en) 2008-01-04 2009-07-16 Univ Nat Taiwan Science Tech Transfection reagent and method for enhancing transfection efficiency
EP2077118A1 (en) 2008-01-07 2009-07-08 Gwo Rei Biomedical Technology Corp. Clottable concentrate of platelet growth factors and preparation method thereof
PL2259774T3 (en) 2008-02-27 2013-04-30 Biomet Biologics Llc Methods and compositions for delivering interleukin-1 receptor antagonist
EP2286223B1 (en) 2008-05-02 2016-07-06 University Of Rochester Arrayed detector system for measurement of influenza immune response
US20100055067A1 (en) 2008-08-26 2010-03-04 Snu R&Db Foundation Perfluorocarbon conjugate as a blood substitute
WO2010046949A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-04-29 Inui Hiroaki Method for vitrification of cell, and container for vitrification of cell
CA2749698C (en) 2009-01-30 2017-08-01 Cuthbert O. Simpkins Resuscitation fluid
CA2760099A1 (en) 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 Gamida-Cell Ltd. Methods for selecting expanded stem cell populations
US8715920B2 (en) 2010-07-27 2014-05-06 Biovec Transfusion, Llc Composition for preserving platelets during photosensitization
US8877060B2 (en) 2010-11-23 2014-11-04 Biovec Transfusion, Llc Methods for removing pathogens from a platelet preparation
EP2266635A1 (en) 2009-06-26 2010-12-29 Aarhus Universitet Three-dimensional nanostructured hybrid scaffold and manufacture thereof
WO2011020107A2 (en) 2009-08-14 2011-02-17 Georgetown University Compositions and methods for detection and treatment of breast cancer
WO2011083472A2 (en) 2010-01-07 2011-07-14 Core Dynamics Ltd. Method for preserving cancellous bone samples and preserved cancellous bone tissue
US20110183311A1 (en) 2010-01-27 2011-07-28 David Ho Dry platelet preparations for use in diagnostics
WO2011103114A1 (en) 2010-02-17 2011-08-25 Hememics Biotechnologies, Inc. Preservation solutions for biologics and methods related thereto
EP2555918A1 (en) 2010-04-06 2013-02-13 Genvault Corporation Stabilized chemical dehydration of biological material
WO2012050611A2 (en) 2010-10-13 2012-04-19 Duke University Aptamers to glycoprotein vi
EA026309B1 (en) 2010-10-14 2017-03-31 ОБЩЕСТВО С ОГРАНИЧЕННОЙ ОТВЕТСТВЕННОСТЬЮ "НоваМедика" Nucleic acid modulators of clec-2
US20140083628A1 (en) 2012-09-27 2014-03-27 Velico Medical, Inc. Spray drier assembly for automated spray drying
US20120134974A1 (en) 2010-11-30 2012-05-31 Biovec Transfusion, Llc Methods for removing plasma
IL210162A0 (en) 2010-12-21 2011-03-31 Omrix Biopharmaceuticals Viral inactivated platelet extract, use and preparation thereof
JP2012143554A (en) 2010-12-24 2012-08-02 Toray Ind Inc Polysulfone-based hollow fiber membrane, hollow fiber membrane module for cleaning platelet suspension, and cleaning method of platelet suspension
US9402866B2 (en) 2011-04-07 2016-08-02 Fenwal, Inc. Automated methods and systems for providing platelet concentrates with reduced residual plasma volumes and storage media for such platelet concentrates
US20120321722A1 (en) 2011-05-17 2012-12-20 Qiyong Peter Liu Platelet Storage and Reduced Bacterial Proliferation In Platelet Products Using A Sialidase Inhibitor
AU2012275562B2 (en) 2011-06-27 2016-10-20 Children's Healthcare Of Atlanta, Inc. Compositions, uses, and preparation of platelet lysates
US8967141B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2015-03-03 Brian Anthony Lemper Inhalation systems, breathing apparatuses, and methods
KR101410065B1 (en) 2011-12-09 2014-06-27 테고사이언스 (주) Method for preserving valuable intracellular materials stably at room temperature
US9682104B2 (en) 2012-01-26 2017-06-20 Jadi Cell Llc Lyophilized platelet lysates
CN103524613A (en) 2012-07-04 2014-01-22 晶光源生技股份有限公司 Skin updating growth factor as well as application thereof to skin care and skin care product containing skin updating growth factor
WO2014051537A1 (en) 2012-09-25 2014-04-03 Biovec Transfusion, Llc Device and method for removing additives in the blood products
AU2013326861A1 (en) 2012-10-04 2015-04-23 Genesys Research Institute Platelet compositions and uses thereof
WO2014066142A1 (en) 2012-10-24 2014-05-01 Novamedica Limited Liability Company Nucleic acid regulation of growth arrest-specific protein 6 (gas6)
US9982034B2 (en) 2012-10-24 2018-05-29 Platelet Targeted Therapeutics, Llc Platelet targeted treatment
JP6211000B2 (en) 2012-11-30 2017-10-11 東レ株式会社 Method for producing artificial preservation solution replacement platelet solution
JP6584956B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2019-10-02 アステラス インスティテュート フォー リジェネレイティブ メディシン Method and composition for producing platelets from pluripotent stem cells
ITRM20130054A1 (en) 2013-01-30 2014-07-31 Paolo Gresele TRANSFECTED PLATES WITH EXOGENOUS GENETIC MATERIAL AND MICROPARTELS DERIVED FROM THOSE TRANSFECTED PLATES, METHOD FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USES.
US9950035B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-04-24 Biomet Biologics, Llc Methods and non-immunogenic compositions for treating inflammatory disorders
US9895418B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-02-20 Biomet Biologics, Llc Treatment of peripheral vascular disease using protein solutions
US9878011B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-01-30 Biomet Biologics, Llc Treatment of inflammatory respiratory disease using biological solutions
WO2015031347A2 (en) 2013-08-27 2015-03-05 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Cross-linked platelet material
WO2015041628A1 (en) 2013-09-17 2015-03-26 Becton, Dickinson And Company Stabilization of blood ph during sample storage
JP2016533377A (en) 2013-10-16 2016-10-27 マスト セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッドMast Therapeutics, Inc. Changes in plasma volume induced by diuretics
US9851367B2 (en) 2013-10-29 2017-12-26 Blood Center Research Foundation Method of detection of platelet-activating antibodies that cause heparin-induced thrombocytopenia/thrombosis
JP6702866B2 (en) 2013-11-18 2020-06-03 ルビウス セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Synthetic membrane-receiver complex
WO2015109220A1 (en) 2014-01-17 2015-07-23 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Platelet decoy and use thereof
CN103907595A (en) 2014-04-18 2014-07-09 赵树铭 Trehalose-containing blood platelet low-temperature preserving fluid and application thereof
US9863699B2 (en) 2014-06-09 2018-01-09 Terumo Bct, Inc. Lyophilization
CN113826612B (en) 2014-06-10 2022-11-22 生物马特里卡公司 Stabilization of thrombocytes at ambient temperature
JP6669672B2 (en) 2014-06-10 2020-03-18 バイオマトリカ,インク. Stabilization of non-denatured polypeptides, nucleic acids, and exosomes in blood samples at ambient temperature
CN107075478B (en) 2014-07-23 2021-11-09 塞鲁斯公司 Method for preparing platelet product
US20170274012A1 (en) 2014-09-03 2017-09-28 Entegrion, Inc. Acceleration of Reconstitution of Plasma Powder by Mixing with Small Beads
US9561184B2 (en) 2014-09-19 2017-02-07 Velico Medical, Inc. Methods and systems for multi-stage drying of plasma
WO2016057041A1 (en) 2014-10-09 2016-04-14 Biovec Transfusion, Llc Compositions and methods for preserving platelet function
US20170333593A1 (en) 2014-11-14 2017-11-23 Cellphire, Inc. Products and devices for controlling and stopping bleeding and methods of using
US10722608B2 (en) 2015-03-04 2020-07-28 University Of Rochester Systemic and topical application of platelet microparticles to treat bleeding in trauma patients
WO2016164693A1 (en) 2015-04-10 2016-10-13 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Compositions and methods for prolonged cell storage
WO2016201081A1 (en) 2015-06-10 2016-12-15 Cellphire, Inc. Composition and methods for treatment of loss of fluids leading to hypotension and/or hypovolemia
WO2016205144A1 (en) 2015-06-14 2016-12-22 Bluecircle Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions of platelet-derived theranostics and uses thereof
WO2016205009A1 (en) 2015-06-19 2016-12-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Treating infection by a platelet-targeting microbe using nanoparticles
US10363226B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2019-07-30 North Carolina State University Platelet membrane-coated drug delivery system
US20230248772A1 (en) 2015-08-28 2023-08-10 Cellphire, Inc. Products and methods using a platelet-derived hemostatic agent for controlling bleeding and improving healing
AU2016317642A1 (en) 2015-08-28 2018-08-16 Cellphire, Inc. Products and methods using a platelet-derived hemostatic agent for controlling bleeding and improving healing
AU2016344384A1 (en) 2015-10-26 2018-05-17 Translate Bio Ma, Inc. Nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acid complexes
EP4219747A3 (en) 2015-11-20 2023-08-09 PreAnalytiX GmbH Method of preparing sterilized compositions for stabilization of extracellular nucleic acids
US20190008143A1 (en) 2016-01-14 2019-01-10 Cellphire, Inc. Nucleated cell preservation by lyophilization
WO2018042438A2 (en) 2016-09-01 2018-03-08 Plas-Free Ltd Human blood-derived products having decreased fibrinolytic activity and uses thereof in hemostatic disorders
TWI664412B (en) 2016-10-04 2019-07-01 全崴生技股份有限公司 Compositions and methods for maintaining cell viability
EP3551198B1 (en) 2016-12-08 2022-02-02 Cellphire Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of loss of fluids leading to hypotension and/or hypovolemia
US20230112136A1 (en) 2017-09-13 2023-04-13 Cellphire, Inc. Canine blood platelet preparations
US20200291356A1 (en) 2019-03-13 2020-09-17 Cellphire, Inc. Canine blood platelet preparations
CA3074712A1 (en) 2017-09-13 2019-03-21 Cellphire, Inc. Canine blood platelet preparations
CN111295094A (en) 2017-10-09 2020-06-16 泰尔茂比司特生物技术有限公司 Freeze-drying container and method for using freeze-drying container
CN108715834B (en) 2018-06-01 2021-09-14 天晴干细胞股份有限公司 Preparation method of platelet lysate rich in CD41+ and CD81+ microcapsules
SG11202100759WA (en) 2018-07-27 2021-02-25 Cellphire Inc Cryopreserved platelet compositions and methods for making
US20200060262A1 (en) 2018-08-24 2020-02-27 Bloodworks Methods to reduce clot formation in cold-stored platelet products
CA3015457A1 (en) 2018-08-24 2020-02-24 Bloodworks Methods to reduce clot formation in cold-stored platelet products
US11088715B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-08-10 TE Connectivity Services Gmbh Communication system having a receptacle cage with an airflow channel
EP3849570A4 (en) 2018-09-11 2023-07-12 Cellphire Inc. Blood plasma-containing compositions
CA3121484A1 (en) 2018-11-30 2020-06-04 Cellphire, Inc. Platelets loaded with anti-cancer agents
US11767511B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2023-09-26 Cellphire, Inc. Platelets as delivery agents
US20230248771A1 (en) 2018-11-30 2023-08-10 Cellphire, Inc. Platelets loaded with anti-cancer agents
CN113423268B (en) 2019-02-13 2024-04-02 武田药品工业株式会社 Cryopreservation of stem cells
US11529587B2 (en) 2019-05-03 2022-12-20 Cellphire, Inc. Materials and methods for producing blood products
CA3147618A1 (en) 2019-07-17 2021-01-21 Cellphire, Inc. Use of platelets in treating infections
EP4013496A4 (en) 2019-08-16 2023-10-18 Cellphire Inc. Thrombosomes as an antiplatelet agent reversal agent
JP2022544788A (en) 2019-08-16 2022-10-21 セルフィアー インコーポレイテッド Thrombosomes as anticoagulant antagonists
US20220168353A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2022-06-02 Cellphire Inc. Freeze-dried platelet derivative compositions for treating antiplatelet induced coagulopathy
US20210069240A1 (en) 2019-09-05 2021-03-11 Cellphire, Inc. Materials and methods for blood plasma preparations
WO2021108538A1 (en) 2019-11-27 2021-06-03 Cellphire, Inc. PLATELETS LOADED WITH mRNA
EP4065175A4 (en) 2019-11-27 2023-12-06 Cellphire, Inc. Platelet diagnostic imaging agents
WO2021158641A1 (en) 2020-02-03 2021-08-12 Malta Inc. Pumped heat electric storage system with dual-clutch powertrain system
WO2021158625A1 (en) 2020-02-04 2021-08-12 Cellphire, Inc Methods of treating acquired hemophilia with anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
WO2021232015A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Cellphire, Inc. Platelet derived extracellular vesicles
WO2022103861A1 (en) 2020-11-10 2022-05-19 Cellphire, Inc. Freeze-dried peripheral blood mononuclear cell compositions and methods
TW202245814A (en) 2021-02-17 2022-12-01 美商賽菲爾公司 Freeze-dried platelet derivative compositions for treating antiplatelet-induced coagulopathy
WO2022178191A1 (en) 2021-02-17 2022-08-25 Cellphire, Inc. Freeze-dried platelet derivative compositions for treating anticoagulant-induced coagulopathy
US20220279777A1 (en) 2021-02-17 2022-09-08 Cellphire Inc. Freeze-dried platelet derivative compositions for treating anticoagulant-induced coagulopathy
WO2022178177A1 (en) 2021-02-17 2022-08-25 Cellphire, Inc. Freeze-dried platelet derivative compositions for treating antiplatelet-induced coagulopathy
WO2023081804A1 (en) 2021-11-04 2023-05-11 Cellphire, Inc. Platelet derivative compositions, and methods of making and using such compositions
US20230149467A1 (en) 2021-11-04 2023-05-18 Cellphire, Inc. Platelet derivative compositions, and methods of making and using such compositions

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001007921A2 (en) * 1999-07-23 2001-02-01 Medical Analysis Systems, Inc. Stabilized coagulation control reagent
CN109942687A (en) * 2018-10-16 2019-06-28 哈尔滨医科大学 68Ga marks EACA modification c-Met molecular imaging probe and preparation and application

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
machine translation for CN 109942687, published June 28, 2019 (Year: 2019) *
Ogiwara et al., "Procoagulant Activity of Antifibrolytic Agents; A Novel Hemostaticmechanism of Tranexamic Acid and Epsilon-Aminocaproic Acid", Blood, 2010, Vol. 116, No. 21, 1151, pp. 1-3. (Year: 2010) *
Pan et al., "Wound healing monitoring using near infrared fluorescent fibrinogen", Biomedical Optics Express, 2010, Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 1-10. (Year: 2010) *

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11767511B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2023-09-26 Cellphire, Inc. Platelets as delivery agents
US11529587B2 (en) 2019-05-03 2022-12-20 Cellphire, Inc. Materials and methods for producing blood products
US11752468B2 (en) 2019-05-03 2023-09-12 Cellphire, Inc. Materials and methods for producing blood products
US11813572B2 (en) 2019-05-03 2023-11-14 Cellphire, Inc. Materials and methods for producing blood products
US11701388B2 (en) 2019-08-16 2023-07-18 Cellphire, Inc. Thrombosomes as an antiplatelet agent reversal agent
US11965178B2 (en) 2019-11-27 2024-04-23 Cellphire, Inc. Platelets loaded with anti-cancer agents
US11903971B2 (en) 2020-02-04 2024-02-20 Cellphire, Inc. Treatment of von Willebrand disease

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20210299179A1 (en) 2021-09-30
CA3170201A1 (en) 2021-08-12
CA3170198A1 (en) 2021-08-12
CA3170196A1 (en) 2021-08-12
WO2021158646A1 (en) 2021-08-12
CA3170134A1 (en) 2021-08-12
US20210315935A1 (en) 2021-10-14
WO2021158622A1 (en) 2021-08-12
WO2021158625A1 (en) 2021-08-12
WO2021158645A1 (en) 2021-08-12
US11903971B2 (en) 2024-02-20
US20210308185A1 (en) 2021-10-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210308066A1 (en) Anti-fibrinolytic loaded platelets
Gailani et al. Factor XI as a therapeutic target
US11701388B2 (en) Thrombosomes as an antiplatelet agent reversal agent
US20200046771A1 (en) Cryopreserved platelet compositions and methods for making
US20220168353A1 (en) Freeze-dried platelet derivative compositions for treating antiplatelet induced coagulopathy
US20210046120A1 (en) Thrombosomes as an anticoagulant reversal agent
US20220279777A1 (en) Freeze-dried platelet derivative compositions for treating anticoagulant-induced coagulopathy
US20220273724A1 (en) Freeze-dried platelet derivative compositions for treating antiplatelet induced coagulopathy
US20230149468A1 (en) Platelet derived extracellular vesicles
US20200291356A1 (en) Canine blood platelet preparations
WO2022178191A1 (en) Freeze-dried platelet derivative compositions for treating anticoagulant-induced coagulopathy
Girish et al. Platelet-inspired intravenous nanomedicine for injury-targeted direct delivery of thrombin to augment hemostasis in coagulopathies
US20230149467A1 (en) Platelet derivative compositions, and methods of making and using such compositions
WO2022178177A9 (en) Freeze-dried platelet derivative compositions for treating antiplatelet-induced coagulopathy
US20240066065A1 (en) Platelet derivatives for treating coagulopathy
Jolly Nanoscale Biomaterials Engineering for Hemostatic Applications
CA3211079A1 (en) Freeze-dried platelet derivative compositions for treating antiplatelet-induced coagulopathy

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: CELLPHIRE, INC., MARYLAND

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MOSKOWITZ, KEITH ANDREW;SHEIK, DANIEL ALLEN;XU, SHAN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20210507 TO 20210518;REEL/FRAME:056289/0447

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION